ARCHIVÉ - Transcription
Cette page Web a été archivée dans le Web
L’information dont il est indiqué qu’elle est archivée est fournie à des fins de référence, de recherche ou de tenue de documents. Elle n’est pas assujettie aux normes Web du gouvernement du Canada et elle n’a pas été modifiée ou mise à jour depuis son archivage. Pour obtenir cette information dans un autre format, veuillez communiquer avec nous.
Offrir un contenu dans les deux langues officielles
Prière de noter que la Loi sur les langues officielles exige que toutes publications gouvernementales soient disponibles dans les deux langues officielles.
Afin de rencontrer certaines des exigences de cette loi, les procès-verbaux du Conseil seront dorénavant bilingues en ce qui a trait à la page couverture, la liste des membres et du personnel du CRTC participant à l'audience et la table des matières.
Toutefois, la publication susmentionnée est un compte rendu textuel des délibérations et, en tant que tel, est transcrite dans l'une ou l'autre des deux langues officielles, compte tenu de la langue utilisée par le participant à l'audience.
TRANSCRIPT OF PROCEEDINGS BEFORE
THE CANADIAN RADIO‑TELEVISION AND
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
COMMISSION
TRANSCRIPTION DES AUDIENCES DEVANT
LE CONSEIL DE LA RADIODIFFUSION
ET DES TÉLÉCOMMUNICATIONS CANADIENNES
SUBJECT / SUJET:
Unresolved issues related to the accessibility of
telecommunications and broadcasting services to
persons with disabilities /
Questions en suspens concernant l'accessibilité des
services de télécommunication et de radiodiffusion pour
les personnes handicapées
HELD AT:
TENUE À:
Conference Centre
Centre de conférences
Outaouais Room
Salle Outaouais
140 Promenade du Portage
140, Promenade du Portage
Gatineau, Quebec
Gatineau (Québec)
November 17, 2008
Le 17 novembre 2008
Transcripts
In order to meet the requirements of the Official Languages
Act, transcripts of proceedings before the Commission will be
bilingual as to their covers, the listing of the CRTC members
and staff attending the public hearings, and the Table of
Contents.
However, the aforementioned publication is the recorded
verbatim transcript and, as such, is taped and transcribed in
either of the official languages, depending on the language
spoken by the participant at the public hearing.
Transcription
Afin de rencontrer les exigences de la Loi sur
les langues
officielles, les procès‑verbaux pour le Conseil
seront
bilingues en ce qui a trait à la page
couverture, la liste des
membres et du personnel du CRTC participant à
l'audience
publique ainsi que la table des
matières.
Toutefois, la publication susmentionnée est un
compte rendu
textuel des délibérations et, en tant que tel,
est enregistrée
et transcrite dans l'une ou l'autre des deux
langues
officielles, compte tenu de la langue utilisée
par le
participant à l'audience
publique.
Canadian Radio‑television and
Telecommunications Commission
Conseil de la radiodiffusion et des
télécommunications canadiennes
Transcript / Transcription
Unresolved issues related to the accessibility of
telecommunications and broadcasting services to
persons with disabilities /
Questions en suspens concernant l'accessibilité des
services de télécommunication et de radiodiffusion pour
les personnes handicapées
BEFORE / DEVANT:
Leonard Katz
Chairperson / Président
Elizabeth Duncan
Commissioner / Conseillère
Timothy Denton
Commissioner / Conseiller
Suzanne Lamarre
Commissioner / Conseillère
Candice Molnar
Commissioner / Conseillère
Stephen Simpson
Commissioner / Conseiller
ALSO PRESENT / AUSSI
PRÉSENTS:
Sylvie Bouffard
Secretary / Secretaire
Kathleen Taylor
Hearing Manager /
Gérante de l'audience
Martine Vallée
Director, Social Policy /
Directrice, Politiques
Sheila Perron
Hearing Officer /
Agente d'audiences
Lori Pope
Legal Counsel /
Véronique Lehoux
Conseillères juridiques
HELD AT:
TENUE À:
Conference Centre
Centre de conférences
Outaouais Room
Salle Outaouais
140 Promenade du Portage
140, Promenade du Portage
Gatineau, Quebec
Gatineau (Québec)
November 17, 2008
Le 17 novembre 2008
- iv
-
TABLE DES MATIÈRES / TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE / PARA
PRESENTATION BY / PRÉSENTATION PAR:
Canadian National Institute for the Blind 8 / 42
Centre québécois de la déficience auditive 57 / 331
Rothschild & Co. and Stubbs Solutions 102 / 537
Québecor Media inc. au nom de
142 / 803
Vidéotron ltée et de Groupe TVA inc.
Canadian Association of Broadcasters 217 / 1206
Gatineau, Quebec /
Gatineau (Québec)
‑‑‑ Upon commencing on Monday, November 17,
2008
at 0932 / L'audience débute
le lundi 17 novembre
2008 à
0932
1
THE CHAIRPERSON: Good
morning, ladies and gentlemen, and welcome to this public
hearing.
2
My name is Leonard Katz and I am the Vice‑Chairman of Telecommunications
for the CRTC. I will be presiding
over this hearing.
3
Joining me on the panel are my colleagues: starting from a far left, Stephen
Simpson, Regional Commissioner for British Columbia and the Yukon; Candice
Molnar, Regional Commissioner for Manitoba and Saskatchewan; and myself. Starting from my far right, Elizabeth
Duncan, Commissioner for the Atlantic Region; Timothy Denton, National
Commissioner; and Suzanne Lamarre, Regional Commissioner for
Québec.
4
The Commission team assisting us is seated at the tables to my left. The team includes: Kathleen Taylor,
Hearing Manager and Manager, Accessibility; Martine Vallée, Director, Social
Policy; Lori Pope and Véronique Lehoux, legal counsel; and Sylvie Bouffard,
Hearing Secretary.
5
Please speak with Ms Bouffard if you have any questions with regard to
hearing procedures.
6
C'est la première fois que le Conseil tient une instance d'envergure sur
l'accessibilité des personnes handicapées aux services de communication. Il s'agit également d'une de nos
premières instances en mode de convergence. Nous allons évaluer, à la fois,
l'accessibilité des services de télécommunication et de radiodiffusion, y
compris ceux qui sont fournis dans l'Internet et par l'entremise d'appareils
mobiles.
7
Just to repeat, this is the first time that the Commission has held a
comprehensive proceeding on the accessibility of communication services to
persons with disabilities. It is
also one of our first converse proceedings as we will be considering the
accessibility of telecommunications and broadcasting services, including those
provided over the Internet and through mobile devices.
8
Canada's Telecommunications Policy objectives include facilitating the
development of a system of safeguards, enriches and strengthens the social and
economic fabric of Canada and its regions.
Another objective is to respond to the economic and social requirements
of those who use telecommunications services.
9
On the broadcasting side, the policy objectives include making sure that
the Canadian broadcasting system not only serves the needs and interests of
Canadians, but also reflects their circumstances and
aspirations.
10
Another objective is that programming accessible by persons with
disabilities should be provided within the Canadian broadcasting system as
resources become available.
11
In this regard, the CRTC has issued a number of decisions to support
these objectives over the past several years. For instance, telecommunications service
providers are required to offer message relay services and free local directory
assistance to persons with disabilities.
They are also required to provide, upon request, their billing statement
and certain inserts in alternative formats.
12
In 2007 we established a new policy requiring French and English language
television broadcasters to caption all their programs during the broadcast
day. This policy will be
implemented at the upcoming licence renewals in 2009.
13
We also, last year I believe it was, licensed a TAC accessibility channel
which should be going on air shortly.
14
In addition, the Commission has asked the Canadian Association of
Broadcasters to develop universal standards and to propose technical solutions
to improve the quality of captioning.
15
The CAB will file its report by November 30th and parties will have an
opportunity to comment on them before January 12th as part of this
proceeding.
16
Plus tôt cette année, nous avons approuvé le Code sur la représentation
équitable. Le Code établit des
normes claires en ce qui concerne la représentation des personnes handicapées,
et son respect est une condition de licence pour tous les
radiodiffuseurs.
17
At this hearing, the Panel will focus on the following areas: telecommunications relay services,
captioning, described video, customer service and support and emergency
services.
18
The Panel will make an announcement on Thursday regarding whether the
hearing will be extended into the week of November
24th.
19
Finally, I would like to take this opportunity to note that the CRTC is
working to update its website in order to meet the government's Common Look and
Feel 2.0 requirements by December 31st of this year. As of that date our website will be
compliant with the accessibility guidelines developed by the World Wide Web
Consortium (W3C).
20
Official documents that contain images currently published by the CRTC,
including alternate text, and are available in alternate format upon
request.
21
I would now invite the Hearing Secretary, Sylvie Bouffard, to explain the
procedures we will be following.
22
Madam Secretary...?
23
THE SECRETARY: Thank you,
Mr. Chairman. Bonjour à
tous.
24
My name is Sylvie Bouffard and I will be the Hearing Secretary for the
duration of the consultation. If
you have any questions, please do not hesitate to come and see me during breaks
and lunches.
25
Before beginning, I would like to go over a few housekeeping matters to
ensure the proper conduct of the hearing.
26
Please note that the Commission Members may ask questions in either
English or French. You can obtain
an interpretation receiver from the Commissionaire at the
entrance.
27
Le service d'interprétation simultanée est disponible durant cette
audience. Vous pouvez vous procurer
un récepteur auprès du commissionnaire à l'entrée. L'interprétation anglaise se trouve au
canal 7, et l'interprétation française au canal 8.
28
English interpretation is available on Channel 7 and French on Channel
8.
29
When you are in the hearing room we would ask that you completely turn
off your cell phones and blackberries as they are an unwelcome distraction and
as they will cause interference on the internal communication system used by our
translators and interpreters.
Please note that if you leave them on vibration mode, they will still
cause interference.
30
We would appreciate your cooperation in this regard throughout the
hearing.
31
Starting tomorrow, we will begin each morning at 9:00 a.m. We will take a 1‑1/2 hour lunch break as
well as a midmorning and midafternoon break. We will let you know of any schedule
changes as they may occur.
32
We invite participants to monitor the progress of the hearing in order to
be ready to make their presentation.
33
The Papineau Room, which is located outside this room and to your right,
will serve as the examination room where you can examine the documents that have
been placed on the public record for this proceeding. The examination room is open to the
public and parties throughout the duration of the hearing.
34
The telephone number of the examination room is
819‑953‑3168.
35
There is a verbatim transcript of this hearing being taken by the court
reporter sitting at the table on my right.
If you have any questions on how to obtain all or part of this
transcript, please approach the court reporter during a break. Please note that the full transcript
will be made available on the Commission's website shortly after the conclusion
of the hearing.
36
Please note that ASL and LSQ sign language interpretation services will
be made available throughout the hearing if needed. Please advise the Hearing Secretary if
you require such services.
37
Furthermore, French and English captioning of the hearing is available on
the screens to my left, as well as on the CRTC's Web home page. If you require assistance during the
consultation, our staff members in and outside the hearing room or in the public
examination room will be pleased to help you.
38
Nous avons à votre disposition des membres du personnel du Conseil qui se
feront un plaisir de vous assister tout au long du processus. Ces personnes se retrouvent à la salle
d'examen, ainsi qu'à l'intérieur et l'extérieur de la salle
d'audience.
39
We will now proceed with the presentations in the order of appearance set
out. Each participant will have 15
minutes for their presentation, followed by questions by the hearing
Panel.
40
Now, Mr. Chairman, we will proceed with our first
presentation.
41
Appearing for the Canadian National Institute for the Blind is Cathy
Moore. Please introduce your
colleague. You then have 15 minutes
for your presentation.
PRESENTATION /
PRÉSENTATION
42
MS MOORE: Thank you,
Sylvie. Thank you, Commissioners
and Mr. Katz, for this opportunity to speak today on what I hope when we look
back on it will be called a historic hearing.
43
I will introduce my colleague, Bernard Nunan, who is here to take notes
and to assist me when I lose something, which will be inevitable in my pile of
papers.
44
I work for CNIB, which is a large organization. My role is Director of Consumer and
Government Relations. I would like
to be clear that we are one of three groups speaking to you this week on behalf
of the persons with vision loss.
45
CNIB will do a good job, but my two counter organizations, the Alliance
for the Equality of Blind Canadians and the Canadian Council of the Blind, will
also do a good job. None of us have
all the answers, but collectively I trust we will do a good
job.
46
I will not return to your summary, which was excellent, Mr. Katz, of what
has led us to where we are today in terms of decisions that have been made by
the CRTC, but I would like to just draw some attention to one that was a
decision that was made, 2006‑15, which was not directly relating to persons with
disabilities but was a decision around the details for a framework of
forbearance.
47
If you would indulge me for a moment, I will just read a quote from that
decision which said: The Commission
can decide to retain powers and duties that are strictly necessary to protect
vulnerable and uncontested customers.
48
What I would like to talk about for the next portion is the difference
between disability groups as a vulnerable population and this regulatory process
and context that all of you, yourselves, the Commissioners and industry works in
on a day‑to‑day basis.
49
You are regulators and because of that you are sitting where you are
because of your background in law or your background in the industry, your
background in managerial or entrepreneurial areas. You are pragmatic people. You are looking for details. You are looking for information. You are looking for facts and you are
tasked with making explicit directions to both industry and to your policy
counterparts as to what to do in specific areas.
50
You have laid out very specifically what you would like to talk about
today and I will, I assure you, get to that.
51
The disability community is a vulnerable population, not because of what
may seem to be the natural, the inability to access certain telecommunications
or broadcasting devices, we are vulnerable because of our lack of capacity to be
experts on the huge current and future trends and technicalities around
telecommunications and broadcasting.
52
We are ignorant of that because we are the general population. Anyone going into Future Shop, if you
asked any customer that walked in the door, would have equally lack of
information on the technicalities that makes their flashcard work or why they
need 16 versus 30 GB of memory.
They may go for the 30 because is sounds bigger but chances are they will
never use it.
53
The general population, of which the disability community rests, are not
experts in this area.
54
CNIB has 1100 employees. We
have an $82 million annual budget and I can assure you we do not have one
regulatory lawyer on staff. We do
not have an expert in telecommunications.
55
Why am I saying this? I
don't need your sympathy. I need
your understanding of why we are in a situation where quite often from the
regulatory side you are left wondering what on earth do they want, and from our
side we are left very frustrated because we don't seem to be able to find
bridges to move forward.
56
So I would like to present my presentation today with some suggestions of
bridges and ways in which we can move forward, ways in which the capacity of the
disability community might be enhanced in order to have a more informed and
productive conversation.
57
I would in no way want to suggest that the people coming after me are not
informed or will not provide excellent information, but we, as a group, are
very, very short on deep expertise in this area. Certainly I am one of the persons that
is not an expert.
58
However, to respect your process I would like to get to the subjects that
you asked us to discuss today, but I will tell you in the context of what we
need but not how to get there. I
cannot offer you costs that would be involved in what I'm recommending. I can't talk to you about timeframe and
I cannot talk to you about the technical requirements to get there for the
reasons I've just stated.
59
However, I would like to say that in the area of described video, CNIB
would recommend that as soon as possible we have 100 per cent described video
available on prime time television.
60
The accessibility channel is an excellent interim step, but a special
channel in the long term is not a solution to access to broadcasting, both news
and entertainment.
61
In the area of emergency access, the audio rendering of any emergency
messaging that is coming through a broadcasting system is what we recommend and
I believe we are close to having that.
62
On the telecommunications side emergency access is about calling in an
emergency as much as receiving information about an emergency. Again we would recommend free 911
service for all persons with disabilities, because for many persons with
disabilities their incomes are low and it becomes a problem to have to pay an
extra charge on top of your regular service in cellular
area.
63
We would also like to see the video relay service as soon as
possible. The process is in
place. We know the expertise exists
on how to do it and we believe we are down the road there and we will support
our colleagues in the deaf community who would suggest that we need to just move
ahead and have it happen.
64
Customer service, we recommend that all customer service websites be
accessible to a W3C Consortium requirements, which is the same as the Common
Look and Feel requirements of the Government of Canada. So it is very clearly
established.
65
But we would also like to recommend that information for customers,
including manuals on how to use your new cell phone, are available in alternate
format. This again would not be
unprecedented. Your own Commission
in 1996, in your Decision 626, recommended to all telecommunications companies
that they needed to provide bills, information on customer packages, et cetera,
in alternate format. So that would
simply be expanding that previous decision in 1996.
66
Now, the problem is that these are specific answers which you require and
are important but do not address the larger systemic issues that are ubiquitous
and will continue to be ubiquitous within the issue around accessibility to
disability.
67
I will give you just one quick example. My partner is going to hit me when I get
close to my 15 minutes.
68
This is a very ordinary cell phone ‑‑ I will not turn it on; I know
it is going to interfere with things.
But because of advances in technology I am able to use this ordinary
phone, no special bells or whistles, accessibility bells and whistles that allow
me, with the use of VoIP and interactive voice messaging to access my e‑mail,
calendar, voice mail, et cetera; not only to access it, hear it, but
reply.
69
That's through a process, a system that we have a Microsoft version of
it. There are others that
exist. This has advanced my
capability to not ‑‑ because when I use a computer I need large print. This phone allows me to do my e‑mail and
resulting in my partner beside me getting a lot more work than he would have
gotten otherwise, so I'm not sure he's happy with it.
70
However, if I was hearing impaired I couldn't use it, because what is
missing from it is the ability to turn up the volume in a way that would be
useful to a hearing impaired.
71
Why? Because there are
bandwidth issues here.
72
Now, there may be other phones that have it, but it's not widely
available so the hearing impaired, hard of hearing would have difficulty with
this.
73
This is one example and there is a myriad of examples, and that's what
the issue becomes. It's like
herding cats. You catch one, three
more are gone if you do not start thinking, all of us ‑‑ all of us in this
room ‑‑ both the disability community, industry and Commissioners, in the
broader systemic solutions to accessibility issues: what is coming down the pike; how is
convergence of information; what kind of bandwidth are we going to need in the
future; where is required.
74
All of that needs to be addressed.
75
How to do it? Two
suggestions.
76
One is that within the regulatory framework of the CRTC an institute is
formed that deals with issues around accessibility. This again is not unprecedented. We have an institute through Georgia
Tech that has been in place for a long time that is a private/public partnership
that has brought us, the W3C, conventions on how to make our websites accessible
through the meeting of academics, industry folks and the disability
community.
77
Why within the CRTC and why make it a regulatory system? Because industry cannot be expected to
voluntarily go forward with accessibility solutions now, because in the short
term there is a cost attached and in a highly competitive climate you cannot
expect one company to incur those costs if the rest of the companies aren't
having to do the same thing.
78
So if it is regulated in the sense of not a punitive draconian
regulation, but a regulation that requires a standardized approach based on
solutions that have been researched and costed so that action plans with
measurable outcomes can be put in place, that all of that needs to be within a
neutral context that the CRTC has the capability to
deliver.
79
It cannot be voluntary for the reasons I've stated. It renders in the short term a
competitive disadvantage.
80
In the long term it renders innovation and it renders new
solutions.
81
I can assure you blackberry students start out by following the status
quo. I can also tell you that
synthetic speech was first developed not in the broader industry context, but
within research laboratories looking at solutions for blind people needing to
access text using speech.
82
Industry Canada in the '80s, our Industry Canada, put seed money into
that type of research that resulted in Stephen Hawking being able to hear his
text.
83
So how do you fund this? My
last point.
84
How does the CRTC somehow, in an era of fiscal restraint, how do you come
up with the money to actually fund this?
How much would it cost?
85
I'm not sure, but it shouldn't be ‑‑ it won't be prohibitive. But you can fund it through current
legislation that you have in the Telecommunications Act that allows the
Commission ‑‑ it's section 46.5 in the Telecommunications Act that allows
you to set up a mechanism called the National Contribution
Fund.
86
You have one already that applies to the provision of long distance. Clearly because we were talking about
broadcasting and telecommunications, the National Contribution Fund for this
type of endeavour would need to be expanded. Perhaps the legislation would need to be
expanded. I'm not sure if the
Broadcasting Act has the same type of mechanism to allow
you.
87
If you could just bear with me for one more minute while I read to you
what your own Act, the Telecommunications Act says, that:
"The Commission may require any
telecommunications service provider to contribute, subject to any conditions
that the Commission may set, to a fund to support continuing access by Canadians
to basic telecommunications services."
88
That is the mechanism to fund it.
What is required is an institute of public and private and disability
community members able to, in a neutral situation, arrive at
solutions.
89
Now, if we do that, if we can go forward with this type of process, then
this truly will be a historic occasion.
And what will also occur is ‑‑ oh, you must be excited; I'm so
pleased to see that ‑‑
‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires
90
THE CHAIRPERSON: I'm
sorry.
91
MS MOORE: That's not a
problem. It's usually me that
knocks something over waving my arms.
92
What will happen, I can assure you, is that people will look back on this
as an historic hearing that led Canada into part of the leadership that is
already under way in the U.S. and in Australia. It will allow us to conform ‑‑
excuse me, I'm not crying, I'm just running out of air.
93
It will allow us to conform with current legislation, particularly in
Ontario that is coming out, the AODA.
It will allow us to be global partners with the U.S. ADA that has been in
place. It will allow our carriers,
et cetera, to be more competitive in that area.
94
But more importantly, or perhaps as importantly, it will allow persons
with disabilities to quit being a vulnerable population in the context of access
to telecommunications and broadcasting and just resume where we always should
have been, as just an ordinary segment of the customer
population.
95
Again, thank you for the opportunity to have this
discussion.
96
THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you
very much for your frank views.
97
We are going to start the questioning with Commissioner
Molnar.
98
Commissioner...?
99
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: Thank
you.
100
Welcome, Ms Moore and Mr. Nunan.
101
Can I refer my questions to you, Ms Moore?
102
MS MOORE:
Yes.
103
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: Yes,
okay.
104
Thank you for your comments.
I would like to begin ‑‑ I have questions here for you related to
described video, to telecommunications terminal equipment and to issues related
to customer support.
105
I'm going to start, if it's okay with you, with the questions related to
described video.
106
MS MOORE:
Yes.
107
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR:
Okay.
108
What I would like to do ‑‑ and I heard you say today that you
believed 100 per cent of video
should be described and that should be a goal going
forward.
109
I will pursue speaking of increasing described video in a moment, but
what I would like to get first is your perspective regarding the accessibility
of the programming that is described within the system
today.
110
Today, as I'm sure you well know, there is approximately 21 hours
described by the over the air broadcasters, and if you add in the specialty
there is approximately 54 hours each week that is
described.
111
On the record of this proceeding there is a number of indications that
there are problems with consumers, persons who are blind or visually impaired,
being able to access that information, whether it be related to issues regarding
promotion, in knowing that in fact the programming is available, or issues
related to set‑top boxes and remotes and electronic program
guides.
112
There appears to be a number of issues today that would restrict persons'
benefits of the programming that is there today and I wondered if you could
comment on that?
113
MS MOORE: I think you have
summed it up nicely. One of the
issues around accessibility is the knowing that it's there and knowing how it
works.
114
So what is available, you are quite right, there are many people who are
not aware of that and they are not aware of what to do about
it.
115
So we can say, well, you can go to a SAP channel, you can press this, you
can press that, but if you are ‑‑ particularly for a lot of low vision
persons, our seniors ‑‑ and not to be ages because there are some who are
very techno‑savvy, but generally this current generation of 70‑plus are not
techno‑savvy and are not comfortable necessarily even with a remote, plus the
added problem of being able to actually see it. So there is a
difficulty.
116
All accessibility features, really as a given, should have some variation
of a training component attached to them and described video is no
different. It's how do you do
it? How do you get to it? So that's the first
thing.
117
The second comment is that 54 hours is simply not
enough.
118
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: Thank
you.
119
Before we move on to the number of hours, if I could ask you, who do you
believe is responsible for addressing the issues of awareness in
training?
120
You mentioned there should be a training component. Who would you see responsible for
ensuring that consumers that have ‑‑ you know, that persons who are blind
or have visual impairments are able to understand how to access the
programming?
121
MS MOORE: Well, I think it
could be a partnership. I think the
primary responsibility is with the broadcaster, the service provider, so that
the availability exists. Certainly,
the disability organizations can also be involved, but it cannot be a question
of the disability organizations being responsible for.
122
They certainly are a partner in the dissemination of the information, but
the primary role would be the broadcaster.
123
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: Thank
you.
124
Moving on to the issue of increasing the number of hours of described
video ‑‑ and I did hear your position that it should be 100 percent ‑‑
if we were to look at a measured increase in described video ‑‑ for
example, one of the proposals put forward by the RAAQ was to increase the number
of hours, beginning at 14 hours and moving to 28 hours per week, just as an
example of a measured increase in described video.
125
If that were to occur, I would like your opinion as it regards who that
should apply to.
126
Do you believe that it should apply equally to all broadcasters ‑‑
over‑the‑air, pay, specialty?
127
Would there be any priorities, as you see it, as to where the increases
should lie within the system?
128
MS MOORE: First of all, any
increase ‑‑ incremental increase, I think, is a very logical approach to
achieving the 100 percent. So I
would agree with that. A planned
incremental increase that is aiming toward 100 percent, I would be very
comfortable with that, and I think that our organization would
be.
129
Over how many years, I am not sure.
That would need to be determined.
So to answer that question ‑‑
130
Now, I quite understand the difficulty ‑‑ the myriad of different
specialty channels that are there, unregulated some of them, other than the fact
that they exist and are available in Canada, but very difficult to get to the
crux of the matter.
131
I think what needs to be done is, again, in consultation with the
disability community ‑‑ the question could be asked: What could you live with in the next
year, or two years.
132
The difficulty for me here is, I can't know what the majority of persons
with vision loss would say. So I am
hesitant to say: I think it should
be news, because I like news.
133
I think it should be how my stock market is doing, because that is one
that is a classic example of undescribed, and very frustrating when you hear the
music, when everybody else is finding out how far the Dow has gone down
today.
134
That is an example of where it is needed.
135
I can't answer your question, and that is why I will go back to my
discussion around an institute, and the institute ‑‑ one of its roles would
be the determining of what is doable, what is "needable", and what is the
priority.
136
Some of that can be done through survey work, and some of it also needs
to be done in cooperation with the
broadcasters.
137
What is it going to cost? It
is very difficult for anyone to sign onto something if they don't know what it's
going to cost and what it's going to entail in terms of their own
resources.
138
We have some of that information, but it's in various places, and in
various countries, so it needs to be brought together.
139
That is a long answer to your question, so I apologize for
that.
140
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: No,
thank you for that. I just want to
ensure that I understand, and I do want to ask you a couple of questions
regarding your proposed institute and consultations later
on.
141
You would see this proceeding leading to broad policy objectives, and
then details regarding the amount of increase, or where those increases would
occur, being follow‑ups that are agreed to between stakeholders and the
industry?
142
MS MOORE:
Yes.
143
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR:
Okay. Thank
you.
144
I am going to continue with this line of questioning, and I do
understand ‑‑ you just told me that you would like to see a number of these
issues in follow‑up, but some of them may, in fact, be determined here,
so ‑‑
145
MS MOORE:
Good.
146
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: As a
matter of principle, I do hear that there is a broader populace that has to be
considered, and you are not speaking for everyone here.
147
If we continue, one of the other questions we had related to described
video in the English versus the French market.
148
Would you see any reason for there to be distinctions between those
two?
149
MS MOORE:
No.
150
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR:
Okay. Thank
you.
151
I would also like to touch briefly on the issue of genre. Today described video is limited to the
genres of drama, documentaries and children's programming. Do you see for yourself, or for the
population that you represent, that there would be other genres that are well
adapted to described video, or lend themselves well to described
video?
152
MS MOORE: Certainly
news. I think that news is
essential ‑‑ and given the 24‑hour news period, I realize what I am
saying ‑‑ and sports.
153
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: You
touched on news and financial information, the fact that you hear music as the
information scrolls past on the screen.
There is a distinction today within the regulatory framework between
described video and audio description.
154
You are aware of audio description, its intent?
155
MS MOORE:
Yes.
156
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: Do you
see that the distinction between audio description and described video remains
relevant?
157
MS MOORE: If audio
description in the context that it is more ‑‑ it is a simpler process, that
it applies to, shall we say, breaking news or time‑sensitive information, then
audio description definitely has a place, and an important
place.
158
Described video is typically done with something that is already
complete, be it a drama, a documentary or a children's
program.
159
Obviously, audio description is what is needed with something that is
real‑time.
160
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: Would
you consider that some of the issues ‑‑ for example, you suggested some of
the financial information scrolling past on the
screen ‑‑
161
MS MOORE:
Yes.
162
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: Would
you consider that some of those issues could be addressed simply by improved
audio description?
163
MS MOORE: Yes. Really, the end goal, from a
person‑with‑vision‑loss point of view, is simply to hear the information. It is what will get the results. That's the issue.
164
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: Thank
you.
165
Just one last issue related to described video. You mentioned The Accessibility Channel,
and I think you spoke of it as a transitional measure.
166
MS MOORE:
Yes.
167
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: I
wondered if you could maybe expand on that and tell us what your view is of the
role of TAC as it relates to both expanding the amount of described video, as
well as expanding for, potentially, the awareness of the product and
information, and so on, for the community.
168
MS MOORE: The Accessibility
Channel ‑‑ I call it an interim step, because we are happy with anything
that increases the percentage of available described video, and audio
description, if that is also the case there.
169
But what happens when you put something in a special place is, you tend
to not increase awareness outside of the group that is actually accessing
it.
170
Our fear always is that, in a climate where there are never enough
resources or enough dollars, we don't want The Accessibility Channel to be the
solution, and we are done, and we don't need to do anything else because
accessible described video is provided in this specific
place.
171
It doesn't cover the myriad of other broadcasting options that are
available to the seeing public.
172
What is good about it is that it's a start. It's an improvement, and it also does
garner expertise ‑‑ Canadian expertise, in order to make it
happen.
173
But if it stops there, then it is not ‑‑
174
I'm sorry. My point is, it
can't stop there.
175
MR. NUNAN: If I could pick
up on what Cathy is saying, even the people running The Accessibility Channel
agree that it's just a piece of the puzzle. Bob Trimbee says that in a 500‑channel
universe, The Accessibility Channel would like to see a common channel location
across the country.
176
He did research, and he found that, for instance, 888 is not used by
anyone across the country.
177
So, although the CRTC prefers not to regulate stations, The Accessibility
Channel isn't a commercial enterprise.
So what he is saying is, just look at that as a possible
station.
178
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR:
Okay. Thank
you.
179
I would like to move on to issues related to telecommunications, and
particularly issues related to terminal equipment and wireless
handsets.
180
You spoke about it a bit today, and I know that in your comments, which
you filed on July 24th, you also spoke about the issues related to the
deregulation of terminal equipment.
181
In those comments you stated that ‑‑ and I am going to find it
here ‑‑ "general deregulation of terminal equipment has lessened
service."
182
I wonder if you could expand on that, and specifically ‑‑ and I am
asking now for some specifics ‑‑ if you could tell us specifically what
services you are referring to where service has, in fact, been lessened with the
deregulation of terminal equipment ‑‑
183
I'm sorry, Ms Moore, I am just going to continue. It is kind of a long
question.
184
MS MOORE: All
right.
185
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: ‑‑ as well as what services you are speaking
of.
186
If you could, I would like you to explain to me why those services are
not accessible. What is the
barrier, and what is the impact of that barrier?
187
It is really a three‑part question:
what services have been lessened due to deregulation, why are those
services not accessible, and what is the resulting impact or barrier that it has
caused?
188
MS MOORE: Thank
you.
189
It is not that services have been lessened. That is not the way to look at it. Services have simply exploded, without
the context of there being an accessibility requirement for
them.
190
All of you, as Commissioners, are well aware of the absolute explosion of
wireless, and the services that are now available that, in 1994, were not
even ‑‑ they were coming, but they were not dreamed of in the way that we
take for granted today.
191
So it's not that the services of 1994 have somehow been lessened, it is
the ballooning of other services that have come to be considered normal,
ubiquitous, and yet are not accessible with vision loss.
192
I will give you examples.
There are things like text messaging. Receiving text messaging that is not
audio is a good example.
193
Or, being able to read your e‑mail on your phone and respond. Again, there are a couple of phones and
a couple of services, but they are more expensive. They are considerably less affordable
than a regular wireless package.
194
Video access by phone, again, is not accessible.
195
I am speaking, of course, only for vision loss. If we go into hearing loss, et cetera,
which I will let my colleagues talk about, then it becomes even more of a
problem.
196
For people with dexterity issues, mobility issues, the ability ‑‑
the necessity to be able to use a keypad renders many wireless services simply
unusable, because of the inability to be able to do it. A voice‑activated system would allow
that to happen, but right now that is, again, not widely
available.
197
So the impact has been that, while the convergence of telephone,
television, e‑mail and voice mail has occurred and is marvellous in these small,
hand‑held devices, it is eliminating ‑‑ progressively, fewer and fewer
people with vision loss are able to use those new tools.
198
Why is that an impact? There
are several reasons.
199
One is employment‑wise ‑‑ job‑wise. It is expected that when you
travel you are accessing your e‑mail.
It's a necessity. Things
happen while you are away from the office.
You want to be on top of them, right?
200
That is expected. That is
not possible, so it limits a person's productivity.
201
The other impact is the unaffordability, or the burden of affordability
in order to access the one or two plans that may allow you some, but often not
all of the voice access for people with vision loss.
202
So it's the ballooning of the services, the inaccessibility because of
keypads, Touch‑Tones, pens, et cetera, and then the impact productivity‑wise,
and affordability.
203
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: Thank
you.
204
You spoke of affordability as well as accessibility to services, and I
would like to stay focused for a few minutes on the issue of
accessibility.
205
To what extent are there devices ‑‑ ancillary devices or components
available that can be used to make these services
accessible?
206
Are you aware of devices, whether available here in Canada or otherwise,
that can help to make these devices accessible?
207
MS MOORE: I am aware of some
of them, and certainly my job in Consumer Relations means that I need to be
aware of some of them.
208
Prior to this I worked in Employment Accommodation.
209
But even with my access, my exposure, et cetera, my knowledge is not
extensive, and it's not comprehensive, which brings me to the need, again, for
some coordinating body to have this information
available.
210
I know that there are voice‑activated phones available, because some of
my colleagues use them, through certain carriers. But then the carrier dropped part of
that serving, so now we need to go to a different carrier.
211
This is almost word‑of‑mouth information that ends up being circulated in
the disability community.
212
So, yes, the devices exist, and every day we might find out about a new
one, but the issue is that we are being ‑‑ we in the disability community,
which is part of our vulnerability that I spoke to earlier, are being reactive
rather than proactive.
213
Why don't we do a better job of knowing ourselves? Because, again, we are the general
population, we are not experts, and the availability of the information is not
widespread. There is no use for a
carrier to advertise these additional devices, because they are much more
expensive, they are not competitive.
214
So the mainstream population would not be interested in the $300 Victor
Stream that allows me to transfer audio books to my computer, but it
exists. I know about it, but it's
$300.
215
You can buy the same capacity MP3 player for $50, so the mainstream is
not going to want one.
216
It's a vicious circle of lack of information, because there is no
competitive reason to disseminate the information, and the technical knowledge
on our end. That's a
gap.
217
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: Thank
you.
218
I would like to follow up a little bit on the issue of lack of
information, from two perspectives.
219
First of all, I went on your website yesterday and looked at your
catalogue, and I saw that you have a limited number of telecommunications
products and services on your website, and I wondered
what ‑‑
220
I appreciate what you say, that the general population can't know all
that is available, and they are not experts, and you need somewhere to shop,
just as I do when I want something new.
You shop and find it, and you rely on the information provided to you by
the service providers, or Best Buy, or whoever it might
be.
221
I noted that you do have a catalogue, and I wondered, not as the general
population, but as an organization established to support your
population ‑‑ persons with visual disabilities ‑‑ would you see a role
for organizations such as yours in accumulating and disseminating this
information?
222
MS MOORE: Yes, and we do
fulfil the role in the context of assistive technology that already exists,
generally aimed at allowing access to print through speech or through
Braille.
223
Computer equipment we are a little bit knowledgeable about, but if you
noticed, if you went through the catalogue, other than the Victor Stream, there
aren't hand‑held devices there.
There is no GPS combined with a Pathfinder, combined with a Braille and
Speak in our catalogue.
224
We are two, three, four years behind the curve in our own organization
with that type of information, and we will never be able to, alone, keep abreast
of the developments, because, as we all know, the developments are dizzying in
their speed.
225
Again, product‑wise is one area where more information needs to be
amassed, and a partnership between ourselves and industry would be very
useful ‑‑ and the Commission ‑‑ but we will never be anything but
reactive if we do not go back to the beginning of the design of these products,
or, in many cases in Canada, because we are not designing but in fact
purchasing, go to procurement policies that don't talk about the accessibility
features already being built in.
226
Really, the task would then become the dissemination of the information
and how to use it, rather than an add‑on or a retrofit to something that is
already there.
227
Getting ahead of the curve will only be possible at the early design
stage or procurement stage.
228
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: Thank
you. I understand
that.
229
You speak of design and you speak of procurement, and we, as a regulatory
body, don't regulate the manufactures ‑‑
230
MS MOORE:
Yes.
231
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: ‑‑ those who create the products, so there is
some difficulty in us addressing the issue of the design or dissemination of
information related to products.
232
And it's not a national market, of course, it's an international market,
very much so.
233
MS MOORE:
Right.
234
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: But we
do regulate the service providers, and they offer a limited number of products
and services that are designed specifically to address accessibility
needs.
235
I wondered if there were any improvements that you view could be made in
the information they make available, so that those products and services could
be used to their maximum functionality, or maximum
benefit.
236
MS MOORE: I think that the
improvement could be around information in an alternate format. That would certainly be useful. And some mechanism of alerts or
bulletins to what is new ‑‑ what is coming down the pike, and what are the
implications for you. So certainly
information dissemination.
237
A sort of passive website is not necessarily going to attract persons
with disabilities, because there is a strong ‑‑ and, again, this is not the
responsibility, necessarily, of industry or the CRTC, but certainly the rule of
thumb in terms of accessibility within the disability community is that there
isn't anything, and if there is something, I won't be able to afford
it.
238
That, again, is a barrier.
239
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: Thank
you, Ms Moore.
240
I want to move on quickly, because I have taken a lot of your time, to a
couple of issues related more to websites and customer service‑related
issues.
241
Can you tell me, as it relates to the service providers ‑‑ the
broadcasters, the BDUs, the telecommunications companies ‑‑ in relation to
their websites, what information and services you believe would be useful to
increase accessibility for persons who are blind or who have vision
loss?
242
MS MOORE: Well, on websites
I think the obvious things, I think, are already covered: what is available that is accessible,
and accessible to whom? So it is an
accessible phone for someone with vision loss or someone with mobility issues,
dexterity issues?
243
So that, I think, in some places, is there. If isn't, should be. And an easy way to get
there.
244
And, you know, it's a given that the actual website, itself, should be
accessible. The whole website,
because a person may want more information about something else. And you can't predict what your
customers wants information on, so best to make the whole thing
available.
245
But the other thing that would certainly improve would be a boiling down,
or at least the full text, of the customer service manuals: the
how‑to.
246
Now, quite often they arrive on CD as part of your new mobile device,
let's say, but the CD, by itself, again, is not accessible, it's not
navigable. And so you may have a
200‑page manual on your CD and you simply are not able ‑‑ because if you
are only doing it audibly and it's not navigable, so it hasn't been saved in a
way that you can go to page 32, because the table of contents says how to set up
on your phone is on page 32, I need to be able to go to page 32, not go forward
or back in an analogue process with a digital CD. So that would
improve.
247
So manuals, the customer guides, whatever, how to use your new whatever,
done in navigable audio version, which could be on the website that would
help.
248
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: Thank
you.
249
I want to move now to your comments related to establishing consultations
or establishing an ongoing institute to ensure ongoing consultations between
industry and persons with disabilities and the CRTC
itself.
250
I wondered if you could tell me.
We have on the record ‑‑ different parties have put forward
different views regarding the benefits that would come from such consultations
and some parties have proposed that consultations are only effective if there is
a particular purpose.
251
So what would be your views as to the role of this group? Would it be to address purpose‑driven
issues, purpose‑driven consultations?
Or would it be more a broad sort of policy, just a place for ongoing, in
general, discussions and awareness‑building and so on?
252
MS MOORE: Well, I think
there's two levels of consultation that are required. Regardless of whether it's a general
consultation or a specific technical consultation, purpose‑driven is essential,
because otherwise no one knows what...so you end up with just a lot of
information and suggestions that aren't necessarily applicable in any given
direction.
253
So purpose‑driven is crucial.
But I would suggest there's two areas where consultation needs to take
place. We need to determine the
gaps in needs in the disability community, I think, through some pretty
comprehensive surveying of persons with disabilities
themselves.
254
We, the organizations, represent groups, but I really think it would be
useful ‑‑ and it's something that the disability community at this point
doesn't have the capacity to do unaided ‑‑ is to survey the actual people
sitting at home trying to get their TV to work as to what they need and what
does high definition mean to them in the coming months, et cetera, et
cetera.
255
So that's a general survey.
And that doesn't necessarily have to be done more than once. And, again, it should be specific. There should be a purpose to it. Is it about broadcasting? Is it about hand‑held
devices?
256
But the second consultation which should be the ongoing one is the
consultation with the technical experts that do exist within the disability
community with, again, purpose‑driven, measurable outcomes that are determined
to track the progress of improving accessibility, now be it in described video,
be it in video relay or be it in the broader systemic needs around Internet
protocols, et cetera, et cetera.
257
So that technical expertise does exist in pockets in the disability
community, it's the how to get it done, and that's where the rubber hits the
road, if I can use that very worn out cliche. That's what's needed to move things
forward.
258
And that, again, I will go back to, needs to be done within the context
of the CRTC and within the context of a regulatory mechanism. Because if not, it becomes less
effective. Because, again, as I
said before, it's very difficult for one company to move ahead and go ahead of
the pack because there is a competitive disadvantage, I would argue, in doing
so.
259
So we need to look at specific problems, specific solutions, technically
based, that allows the industry to talk to the disability community on that
technical level.
260
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: Thank
you for that.
261
I want to say to you that you have been a very effective spokesperson in
bringing forward the many priorities of the group that you are representing here
and I understand, you know, all are important priorities, as they are, and I
think as you have, as I said, effectively put forward, but I'm going to now ask
you, the difficult question, if you will, is, if we needed to prioritize these
different issues?
262
And, you know, you speak about establishing an institute, increasing
described video, addressing emergency services, you speak of alternate formats
and websites that are 100 per cent compliant. Can you put those in some sort of order
of priority for us?
263
MS MOORE:
Yes.
264
Actually, for myself, it's very easy, and for our organization. What we need is an institute or a
mechanism that coordinates research, that coordinates information that already
exists, coordinates information dissemination, that will enable us to make
systemic changes in the regulatory system at the start of new and emerging
technologies.
265
The rest are very important, but they are doable now. We know what to do about them now. The question is how, when and who's
going to pay for it. But what
really, really worries me is the emerging technologies, the emerging
requirements, the discussions around net neutrality. I mean, there's a long list that we, in
the disability community, are completely out of the loop on. And by the time it becomes apparent to
us, it may be too late. We will be
back to reactive, retrofitting of something.
266
Convergence is the best thing that ever happened to the disability
community, except that it's the worst thing that ever happened. So with the right approach to be able to
look at the systemic requirements to keep the accessibility open and possible
that's the priority, that's the thing that will serve us into the future and
line us up with other countries and with the global
situation.
267
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: Thank
you very much, Ms Moore.
268
Those are my questions, Mr. Chair.
269
THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you
very much.
270
I have got a few follow‑up questions, and maybe some of my fellow
commissioners have some as well.
271
Ms Moore, you talk about the institute and collaboration and
coordination. Can you tell us to
what extent the industry, your industry, has been able to work with the broader
telecommunications carriers and broadcasters in trying to work together to
identify some of these challenges and resolve them? Has that ever happened? Have you tried it and
failed?
272
MS MOORE: Well, I never say
failed. We have made several
attempts, particularly with the decision in 2006 of the allocation and deferral
of funds of 5 per cent, and that sort of kickstarted, maybe, we could say, the
latest rounds of consultation with the
industry.
273
I have to say that the barriers to effective consultation are what I have
already described: that each company, the industry, it's a highly competitive
industry, with a lot of the control outside of our borders, in terms of terminal
equipment, and that sort of thing, so the consultations tend to be very
difficult because one company cannot move by itself
necessarily.
274
Now, there has been some progress made, there's been some results of the
consultations that we had in 2006 that have been good, but I don't think that we
are going to see effective, systemic, let's say calming, of the disability
community's worries until we have a consultation process that allows all of the
industry to be under the same rubric, in terms of what has to happen next. That's why we are talking about an
institute, or it can be called anything you want, but within the CRTC, that
allows that coordination function, but also that describing of the agreement of
what are we doing, what are the measurable outcomes, what does success look like
in the specific areas of, and I would suggest you would start with what we have
in front of us: DVS, VRS, et
cetera.
275
THE CHAIRPERSON: You
actually said the magic two words "deferral
account" ‑‑
276
MS MOORE:
Yes.
277
THE CHAIRPERSON: ‑‑ we all live by these
days.
278
To what extent have the carriers who actually had some of the deferral
account money approved in 2007 consulted with you and your compatriots regarding
the utilization of that money during the trial periods?
279
MS MOORE: We met in 2006, in
June, for two days, and it was partly sponsored by the industry, the ILECs. We met in Toronto. There were 11 disability
organizations.
280
We worked on our recommendations, then we met with the group the second
day. Then a further smaller
technical taskforce was put together made up of industry members and technical
folks from the disability community, but it broke down, and it broke
down ‑‑ I mean, we can talk about anything, but I will go back to the
reason that it broke down.
281
The reason that we sort of went back to our respective corners and the
disability community recommended an institute, a sort of national institute and
national approaches to VRS, et cetera, et cetera, and the industry went back to
their respective competitive areas is because of the nature of the two
beasts.
282
The industry had not much option except to go back because they were
directed to spend the moneys within their own area. There was not a possibility, from their
point of view, of a nation‑wide approach to VRS, although that has since been
addressed and is going forward. But
in 2006, it didn't look possible.
283
The disability community saw the opportunity of the $30 million, $30
million‑plus‑change, as being the way to look at that need for the future
systemic requirements of design the system, keep the system designed with the
accessibility options in place:
expanded broadband, for example, for the transfer of audio files, et
cetera.
284
So the minds did not meet at that point. And, you know, it's pointless to go back
there and say, well, this or that should have happened. It was a good exercise. It was a good exercise for the
disability community. This
continues to be a good exercise.
285
Today, a public hearing like this, I think, is a real step forward. And I think there is willingness within
the industry, but not at the expense of their bottom line. Well, that may or may not have to be
worked out, but there's certainly willingness of the disability community back
to that proviso of our capacity at this point, without some additional
resourcing is limited to what you are going to get this
week.
286
I think we are giving it our best shot, I guess is what I could say,
Mr. Katz.
287
THE CHAIRPERSON: Are the
lines of communication still open?
I mean, we have approved some of these trials and I understand ‑‑
and we will talk about it during the week ‑‑ some of the carriers have
delayed the trials pending this proceeding. But are the lines of communication still
open or, as you have said, you both went back to your own corners and that's
where it lies today?
288
MS MOORE: I will defer to my
colleagues from the Canadian Association of the Deaf to speak about VRS and
whether the lines are still open or not because I don't know. I simply don't
know.
289
I think a certain willingness was expressed by a small consortium of the
carriers, Bell and Rogers and a group representing the smaller cable companies,
to consult. There were some
approaches made prior to these, so I would say the lines of communication are
open there.
290
However, I will go back to the important proviso that it will not be
effective if it's not done within an umbrella that includes all groups, both
industry and the disability community.
291
THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you,
Ms Moore. Those are my
questions.
292
Anybody else on the panel?
293
Mr. Simpson.
294
COMMISSIONER SIMPSON: Good
morning, Ms Moore.
295
I would first like to share Commissioner Molnar's statement that you have
been a very effective spokesman for your issues.
296
MS MOORE: Thank
you.
297
COMMISSIONER SIMPSON: My
questioning is not to the funding issue but to the standards, technology
standards and systems, that are or are not in place currently, and picking up on
your observation about the ever‑expanding technological universe that we are all
trying to deal with.
298
As a former writer, I'm familiar with the International Publishers
Association and in about 1994, I believe, they participated in the development
of an initiative that was matched by visually impaired persons' associations in
the creation of DAISY ‑‑
299
MS MOORE:
Yes.
300
COMMISSIONER SIMPSON: ‑‑ which is a digital association for
information technologies ‑‑
301
MS MOORE: That's
right.
302
COMMISSIONER SIMPSON: ‑‑ and I'm curious ‑‑ for those who are
not familiar with it, they appeared to have been ‑‑ and I'm assuming this,
so I would appreciate your input on this, Ms Moore, but they focused
predominantly on the emerging technologies and demands of visually impaired
persons with respect to the publishing industry ‑‑
303
MS MOORE:
Right.
304
COMMISSIONER SIMPSON: ‑‑ and they now are branching into working
with the world consortium on web ‑‑
305
MS MOORE:
Yes.
306
COMMISSIONER SIMPSON: ‑‑ issues, but they don't seem to have moved
across to the telecommunications and broadcasting environments. I'm wondering if you have anything that
you could share with respect to why they have not and also whether this
organization has been effective in achieving international standards for those
particular industries.
307
MS MOORE: Well, I think
DAISY, in itself, is an open‑source software that allow the production of a
navigable book, and so the focus has been library and global. There is currently two very good
initiatives going on.
308
The Global Library is a consortium of a group, mainly the same players
from the DAISY consortium, that are looking at the exchange of audible books
through ‑‑ passed borders. And
that ties into a WIPO meeting that was held last week, World International
Properties Organization, where a treaty around copyright ‑‑ so I won't go
into the details because it's not addressing your issue.
309
But the energy has been in the transfer of books, the production of
books, and the dissemination of that, the need for navigable books, and it's
going in step with the digitization of libraries. So NLS, for example, in the U.S., is
just now going to a digital format.
CNIB did this four or five years ago. But that's where the focus has
gone.
310
So have these standards been?
Where it has been picked up, happily, is through Microsoft and there will
be a capability to do some saving of your audio files in a variation of a DAISY
format very soon in there next iteration.
So that's where it's coming from.
311
We are not promoting Microsoft over anyone else, because, as I said,
DAISY is open‑source, any company can do this, but it's going to be a built‑in
with Microsoft.
312
So has there been an approach to the telecommunications company? I think it's a function of resources and
the enormity of the task, I would say.
We certainly have several people that sit on that consortium from the
CNIB.
313
COMMISSIONER SIMPSON: Thank
you.
314
Circling back to the effectiveness of this kind of a consortium or this
kind of united effort between a publishing industry and technology, are you
aware of or are there similar organizations that are working in the telecom and
broadcasting space internationally that emulate this type of a working
relationship?
315
MS MOORE: Well, there is a
recently formed group, which is a private/public partnership, and it is called
the Global Initiative for ‑‑ just a minute, I have to look at my bigger
notes here.
316
Pardon me, I'm trying to pretend I can see here,
okay?
317
So it's called the G3ict, and it's the Global Initiative for Inclusive
Information and Communication Technologies, and that's falling out of the UN
Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities that includes in its
article 9 access to telecommunications and broadcasting and the second clause in
that convention is about early design of inclusive technology at the design
stage.
318
So this is a consortium that is ‑‑ they have member like Samsung and
they have Air France and they have Sony and they have IBM, along with academics
and members of the disability community working on the broader issues of
accessibility.
319
And that's where I was talking earlier about this is Canada's opportunity
to join that group. We don't have
to reinvent the wheel, we don't have to start from scratch, but we need to join
those global initiatives because we live in a global world. And, again, potentially, from these
hearings, this is an opportunity to start.
320
COMMISSIONER SIMPSON: Thank
you very much.
321
THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you,
Commissioner Simpson.
322
Anybody on my right?
No?
323
Again, thank you very, very much for your representation this
morning. You certainly have been an
excellent advocate for your constituency, once again.
324
MS MOORE: Well, thank
you.
325
THE CHAIRPERSON: It's now
10:45. We will take a break until
11 o'clock.
326
MS MOORE: Thank
you.
‑‑‑ Upon recessing at 1045 / Suspension à
1045
‑‑‑ Upon resuming at 1102 / Reprise à
1102
327
THE SECRETARY: Please be
seated. S'il vous plaît, vous
asseoir.
328
THE CHAIRPERSON: Order,
please. We will
resume.
329
Madam Secretary.
330
LA SECRÉTAIRE : Nous allons maintenant procéder avec le Centre québécois
de la déficience auditive. Veuillez
vous introduire et présenter vos collègues, puis vous aurez 15 minutes pour
faire votre présentation.
PRÉSENTATION /
PRESENTATION
331
M. NOLET : Mesdames et messieurs les commissaires, bonjour. Je suis Gilles Nolet, président du Centre québécois de la déficience
auditive. Je suis
malentendant.
332
Je suis accompagné, aujourd'hui, avec madame Monique Therrien, la
nouvelle directrice générale du CQDA, et monsieur Jacques Racicot, bénévole de
l'organisme dans le dossier des nouvelles technologies et parent d'un enfant
sourd.
333
Comme vous le savez, le Centre québécois de la déficience auditive est un
regroupement d'organismes représentant les personnes vivant avec une surdité au
Québec, soit environ 10,67 pour cent de la population, qui croît sans cesse
compte tenu du vieillissement de la population et de l'utilisation des iPod,
jeux vidéo et autres technologies qui endommagent l'ouïe.
334
Nous sommes ici afin de répéter que nous adhérons au premier principe à
considérer dans le présent dossier, qui est celui qu'une personne handicapée ne
doit pas payer plus cher pour un service à cause de son handicap, un principe
accepté par plusieurs intervenants.
335
Nous adhérons aussi au second principe de l'avis 2008‑08 du CRTC, qui est
que les télécommunications et les nouvelles technologies doivent être adaptées
aux besoins des personnes handicapées.
336
Nous le savons, le Canada possède deux langues officielles, le français
et l'anglais. Pour les personnes
sourdes gestuelles, ce bilinguisme s'exprime à travers la langue des signes du
Québec (LSQ) et l'American Sign Language (ASL).
337
Ce bilinguisme du Canada signifie que les francophones et les anglophones
ont droit à des technologies et des informations dans leur propre langue
d'usage, que ce soit en matière de sous‑titrage codé à la télévision, de
services de relais vidéo, de modes d'emploi, d'appareils divers,
etc.
338
Par exemple, les appareils téléphoniques pour sourds actuellement
utilisés ont des touches de fonction uniquement en anglais, alors qu'ils sont
vendus à des francophones, parfois avec ou sans manuel d'emploi en français,
manuel parfois écrit dans un français assez douteux.
339
Nous souhaitons donc que les appareils conçus pour les personnes vivant
avec une surdité soient accompagnés de touches, de fonctions et de modes
d'emploi en français, afin qu'elles puissent jouir entièrement des adaptations
techniques qui s'offrent à elles.
340
Il en va de même pour les services qui leur sont rendus. Ils doivent être adaptés à leur langue
maternelle, le français pour les personnes malentendantes et la langue des
signes québécoise pour les personnes sourdes gestuelles.
341
Accessibilité aux sites Internet.
La norme W3C dresse une liste des besoins particuliers en matière
d'accessibilité des personnes vivant avec une surdité aux sites, ainsi que les
solutions afin de répondre à ces besoins.
342
Pour les personnes vivant avec une surdité, ces solutions sont
:
343
‑ le sous‑titrage
de toute les images vidéos, ainsi que la possibilité de les agrandir afin de
répondre aux besoins des personnes vivant avec une surdité et un problème de
vision;
344
‑ des images, des
dessins, des photos, afin d'expliquer visuellement ce qui est
écrit;
345
‑ des textes dans
une langue simplifiée;
346
‑ de
l'interprétation en langage signé;
347
‑ la
transcription écrite des éléments audio et vidéo afin que la personne sourde et
aveugle puisse consulter le site à l'aide d'une plage
tactile.
348
Ces mesures, simples en soi, contribueront à aider tant les personnes
sourdes gestuelles que malentendantes, mais contribueront aussi à aider des
personnes vivant avec d'autres limitations.
349
Ainsi, les textes simplifiés aideront aussi la compréhension des
dyslexiques, des personnes avec une déficience intellectuelle et même des
allophones. Les gros caractères
aideront les personnes âgées et les personnes avec perte de vision. Les textes en braille aideront les
malvoyants.
350
Les avantages de l'adaptation sont donc multiples et même
avantageux.
351
Nous croyons que les membres de l'Association canadienne des fournisseurs
Internet, l'Association canadienne des télécommunications sans fil,
l'Association canadienne des radiodiffuseurs, les manufacturiers, entre autres,
et les intervenants des organismes communautaires de défense des droits des
personnes vivant avec une surdité doivent s'asseoir dès maintenant afin
d'étudier la mise en oeuvre des normes W3C dans un avenir très rapproché,
principalement dans un Canada qui souhaite offrir des services branchés aux
personnes vivant avec une limitation fonctionnelle.
352
Téléphone cellulaire. Pour
les personnes vivant avec une surdité, le téléphone cellulaire est synonyme de
messagerie texte ou de téléphone par service de
relais.
353
Le débit moyen d'une personne qui parle est environ 150 mots à la
minute. Pour les personnes qui
utilisent un clavier, le débit est facilement réduit à 30‑40 mots à la minute,
selon la dextérité de la personne, que ce soit sur un clavier ou sur une plage
tactile.
354
Écrire un message texte sur un clavier de téléphone cellulaire exige
encore plus de temps. Dans les faits, une personne vivant avec une surdité
pourrait prendre jusqu'à 80 pour cent plus de temps pour dire la même chose
qu'une personne qui utilise sa voix.
355
Les personnes vivant avec une surdité utilisent donc plus de temps
d'antenne, et aucun forfait cellulaire, en ce moment, ne tient compte de cet
aspect particulier du handicapé.
Cette personne paie aussi plus cher parce que qu'elle utilise plus de
temps d'antenne.
356
Pour le CQDA, l'idée d'un rabais de 50 pour cent, semblable à celui
offert pour la téléphonie filaire, est à rejeter. Il serait plus pertinent d'établir un
mécanisme qui permettrait aux personnes vivant avec une surdité de s'inscrire,
avec preuve à l'appui, afin d'obtenir un forfait déterminé respectant leur
incapacité et leurs besoins particuliers.
Il n'est pas ici question d'obtenir un avantage spécial, mais bien une
adaptation raisonnable au handicap auditif.
357
Aussi, il serait plus qu'intéressant que soient offerts plus facilement
et largement au Canada des téléphones cellulaires avec fil pour les prothèses
auditives, ce qui est d'usage courant aux États‑Unis. Ce petit fil permettrait aux personnes
malentendantes d'avoir accès à une technologie qui leur échappe bien souvent en
ce moment.
358
Services de relais vidéo. Le
CQDA est d'avis que les services de relais vidéo qui seront mis en place devront
l'être dans les deux langues, LSQ/ASL, comme c'est le cas en ce moment pour les
services de relais téléphoniques, le tout en accord avec la notion de langues
officielles canadiennes.
359
Mais encore plus, la mise en place de ces services de relais devra être
jumelée à l'établissement de normes et de règles en matière de
qualité.
360
En ce moment, les différents services de relais téléphoniques offrent des
services de qualité variant de pauvre à excellente, aucune règle ni norme ayant
été établie avant ou au début de leur entrée en fonction, le tout ayant été
laissé au libre arbitre des entreprises dispensant ces
services.
361
Aussi, l'Association canadienne des fournisseurs Internet devra se sentir
interpellée par l'entrée en vigueur du service de relais vidéo puisque les
demandes de service, pour la plupart, proviendront d'ordinateurs branchés à
l'Internet.
362
Aujourd'hui, les personnes sourdes gestuelles, et les jeunes sourds en
particulier, utilisent de plus en plus leur caméra vidéo pour communiquer entre
eux. La webcam et Internet sont
donc, pour eux, l'équivalent du téléphone classique.
363
Le service téléphonique filaire local est sujet à un tarif mensuel fixe,
ce qui n'est pas le cas du service Internet, qui est régi et facturé sur la base
de l'utilisation de la bande passante.
364
Le recours aux communications par webcam et par service de relais exige,
pour les personnes vivant avec une surdité, l'utilisation de beaucoup plus de
bande passante qu'une autre personne sans handicap auditif, ce qui génère des
coûts additionnels.
365
Tout comme pour la téléphonie cellulaire, aucun forfait Internet ne tient
compte en ce moment de cet aspect particulier. Une personne vivant avec une surdité
paie donc plus cher parce que ses modes de communication prennent plus de bande
passante.
366
Ici encore, le CQDA croit qu'il serait pertinent d'établir un mécanisme
qui permettrait aux personnes vivant avec une surdité de s'inscrire, avec preuve
à l'appui, afin d'obtenir un tarif particulier respectant leur
incapacité.
367
Ce tarif, chez les compagnies actuelles qui offrent les deux services et
celles qui les offriront à l'avenir, pourrait comprendre tant le service local
de téléphonie que l'accès à Internet.
368
Le sous‑titrage codé. Depuis
plusieurs années, nous entendons parler de quantité de sous‑titrage, mais fort
peu de qualité, alors que c'est cette même qualité qui assure une bonne
transmission de l'information.
369
L'industrie semble avoir de la difficulté à accroître cette qualité, tout
en accroissant, en parallèle, le nombre d'émissions sous‑titrées, et les normes
qui régissent cette qualité sont variables d'un télédiffuseur à
l'autre.
370
Le CRTC a conclu en ce sens et a
demandé (décision 2008‑8‑1) à l'Association canadienne des
radiodiffuseurs (ACR) de coordonner la création de groupes de travail de langue
française et de langue anglaise pour élaborer et mettre en place des normes
universelles et de proposer et appliquer des solutions concrètes aux autres
aspects de la qualité du sous‑titrage, dont des mécanismes destinés à réduire
les erreurs et les défaillances techniques (avis public de radiodiffusion
2007‑54). Le Conseil a approuvé le
plan d'action de l'ACR sur la qualité du sous‑titrage en février dernier et
attend la remise des conclusions des groupes de travail en novembre
2008.
371
Toutefois, l'ACR n'a pas communiqué avec le CQDA pour ce dossier. L'ACR ne peut continuer à travailler en
vase clos, sans consulter les principaux consommateurs de sous‑titrage. Le CQDA aurait apprécié être consulté
par l'ACR.
372
Le milieu des consommateurs de sous‑titrage doit faire partie prenante
des discussions en cours, ainsi que celles à venir. Tout au moins afin de comprendre la
situation et l'expliquer aux consommateurs. À notre avis, ignorer les personnes qui
utilisent le sous‑titrage constitue un non‑sens.
373
Le CQDA demande donc de faire partie des discussions, principalement
concernant le sous‑titrage en français.
374
Les services d'urgence. Le
jugement de la Cour suprême connu sous le nom d'Affaire Eldridge conclut
qu'omettre de fournir des interprètes gestuels, effectivement nécessaires à
l'efficacité des communications dans la prestation des services médicaux,
constitue une violation des droits à l'égalité garantis au paragraphe 15(1) de
la Charte canadienne des droits et libertés.
375
Nous croyons que la même logique s'applique en matière de sécurité et de
services d'urgence. Si la vie, la
sécurité ou la santé de la personne sourde ou malentendante est en danger, il
faut recourir aux services d'interprétation.
376
S'il devrait y avoir diffusion de messages télévisuels concernant des
mesures d'urgence, ces messages devraient non seulement être sous‑titrés, mais
aussi interprétés en langue des signes québécois et en American Sign Language
afin de rejoindre les personnes sourdes gestuelles.
377
Nous l'avons dit précédemment et nous le répétons, plusieurs personnes
sourdes gestuelles sont analphabètes fonctionnelles. Elles comprennent les mots, mais pas
toujours le sens des phrases. Elles
utilisent le sous‑titrage pour accroître leur compréhension, mais ont aussi
beaucoup recours aux images diffusées pour comprendre l'information ou le
contenu de l'émission.
378
En situation d'urgence, le texte ne suffit donc pas. Il leur faut de l'information claire,
directe et dans leur langue. Il en
va de leur santé, de leur sécurité, et parfois même de leur
vie.
379
La situation actuelle du service 9‑1‑1 nous inquiète parce qu'elle ne
permet pas aux personnes vivant avec une surdité de rejoindre les services de
manière aussi rapide que si elles étaient entendantes, ce qui peut être un
risque pour leur santé, leur sécurité et même leur vie.
380
Nous savons que ce problème est très complexe à résoudre et, dans
l'immédiat, nous n'avons pas de solution à proposer, mais nous sommes prêts à
collaborer en tout temps avec le milieu et les chercheurs afin de trouver une
solution efficace qui pourrait sauver des vies.
381
Une vision inclusive.
L'inclusion signifie que l'on a pensé, avant même de mettre en marché un
produit ou un service, aux problèmes auxquels auront à faire face les personnes
vivant avec une limitation fonctionnelle et que l'on a résolu ces problèmes,
alors que l'intégration signifie adapter le service ou le produit après sa mise
en marché, ce qui coûte souvent beaucoup plus cher pour
l'industrie.
382
Tous les intervenants au présent dossier doivent donc, à l'avenir,
travailler de manière inclusive et non
intégrative.
383
Pour ce faire, le CQDA est prêt à participer à toute instance, à tout
comité de travail et à tout groupe souhaitant travailler de manière soutenue à
l'inclusion des personnes handicapées dans la société canadienne par le biais
des nouvelles technologies parce que travailler à cette inclusion signifie
traiter les personnes vivant avec une surdité à part égale. Ne pas le faire, c'est les laisser tout
simplement à part.
384
Merci, messieurs et mesdames les commissaires d'avoir pris le temps de
m'écouter.
385
LE PRÉSIDENT : Merci, Monsieur Nolet.
386
Je demanderais à la Conseillère Lamarre de commencer les
questions.
387
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Merci, Monsieur le Président.
388
Merci, Monsieur Nolet. Merci
à vous tous d'être ici ce matin pour répondre à nos
questions.
389
Monsieur Nolet, étant donné que vous présidez votre groupe, je vous
adresserai directement les questions, mais sentez‑vous à l'aise de désigner un
de vos collègues pour me répondre si nécessaire.
390
J'ai lu attentivement vos soumissions, j'ai écouté aussi attentivement
votre présentation, et il y a plusieurs sujets pour lesquels j'ai des
questions.
391
Alors, tout d'abord, mes questions porteront sur les services de
télécommunication, ensuite, le sous‑titrage, et en dernier, je vous demanderai
des précisions sur les questions que j'appellerais complémentaires, faute
d'avoir trouvé un meilleur terme.
392
Donc, allons‑y pour les questions sur les services de télécommunication,
si vous êtes d'accord.
393
Le premier sujet que j'aimerais toucher avec vous, c'est le service de
relais de message qui est en voie de subir une transformation avec les
avènements auxquels vous avez déjà fait allusion, soit les services de relais
par vidéo et même les services de relais par protocole
Internet.
394
Dans des mémoires qui ont été déposés devant le Conseil, il est question
de la pertinence de maintenir ou d'abolir le service traditionnel de relais de
message une fois que les services vidéo et par protocole Internet auront été
déployés.
395
J'aimerais connaître votre opinion à ce sujet‑là, précisément à savoir si
vous pensez que dans certaines circonstances, ce serait, effectivement,
approprié d'abolir le service de relais message traditionnel et si, dans
d'autres circonstances, ce serait plutôt préférable de le
maintenir.
396
M. RACICOT : Si vous le permettez, je vais répondre à cette
question.
397
Quand vous faites appel à ou que vous nommez le service de relais
traditionnel, vous parlez évidemment, des services de relais
téléphonique...
398
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Oui.
399
M. RACICOT : ...tels qu'ils existent actuellement, et ce service de
relais téléphonique utilise comme terminal un appareil que, dans notre langage,
on nomme un ATS, c'est‑à‑dire un appareil qui permet de retranscrire la voix
dans un message écrit.
400
Ce que je peux vous dire par rapport à ça, c'est que nous ne voyons pas
qu'il soit possible dans un avenir du moins immédiat de remplacer ce type de
service là pour plusieurs raisons.
401
Un, le fait que les équipements terminaux qui sont nécessaires à établir
des services de relais texte tel qu'on connaît, que ce soit par MSN ou tout type
de transmission de ce type là, exigent des équipements qui ne sont pas
actuellement disponibles pour les personnes qui vivent avec une
surdité.
402
L'achat de ces équipements‑là, que ce soit un ordinateur, que ce soit un
autre type de terminal, est actuellement trop onéreux, du moins pour le Québec,
et les services de fourniture de ce type d'équipement là ne sont pas du tout
prêts à remplacer ce type d'appareil, l'appareil ATS qui est actuellement
existant.
403
Deuxième situation, c'est que les gens qui utilisent ce type d'appareil
là sont actuellement trop habitués à utiliser ce genre de technologie là pour
passer immédiatement à un autre service de relais texte par
exemple.
404
L'établissement d'un service de relais vidéo ne signifie pas du tout
l'abandon d'un service de relais texte, puisque avec un service de relais vidéo,
on s'adresse à une population plus particulière, qu'on appelle les personnes qui
communiquent par geste, donc, qui utilisent un langage
gestuel.
405
Mais je dois vous rappeler que cette portion de la population n'est pas
la totalité des personnes qui vit avec une surdité, mais qu'il existe encore
énormément de " personnes malentendantes " qui vont continuer d'utiliser le
langage écrit pour communiquer avec des personnes qui sont elles‑mêmes
entendantes.
406
Est‑ce que ça répond à votre question?
407
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Ça répond très bien à ma question,
merci.
408
Ma prochaine question porte plus spécifiquement sur le déploiement
éventuel de service de relais par protocole Internet et service de relais par
vidéo.
409
Alors, pour ces services, outre la disponibilité nationale de ces
services‑là, quels aspects de leur mise en oeuvre devrait‑on considérer
prioritaire?
410
M. RACICOT : Est‑ce que vous pouvez préciser un peu votre
question?
411
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Oui.
Par exemple, bon, on conçoit qu'une des priorités, ça serait de rendre le
service disponible à travers le Canada.
Est‑ce que, selon vous, ça devrait être aussi disponible dans les deux
langues officielles? Est‑ce qu'il y
a des heures de disponibilité qu'on devrait
prévoir?
412
M. RACICOT : D'accord. Bon,
la première réponse, en tout cas, à votre question, c'est, évidemment, la
disponibilité dans les deux langues.
Il n'est pas question pour nous que le service soit accessible
uniquement, par exemple, aux personnes de langue anglophone ou qui utilisent
l'équivalent de la langue anglophone, soit l'American Sign Language, et que ce
service ne soit pas accessible aux francophones qui utilisent la langue des
signes québécoise dans un même temps.
413
L'utilisation des langues officielles existe au Canada, et je ne verrais
pas du tout l'approbation officielle de l'utilisation d'un service dans une
langue et qui ne soit pas dans l'autre.
C'est la même situation pour nous.
Il est hors de question et complètement indu qu'un service soit installé
dans une langue uniquement et non pas dans l'autre.
414
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Pensez‑vous que ce type de service là, de
technologie là, ça pourrait être une solution pour palier à certaines
difficultés pour les appels d'urgence que vous avez mentionné dans votre
introduction?
415
M. RACICOT : Effectivement, c'est une solution. Ce n'est pas la seule solution qui
pourrait exister, mais il appert que c'est une solution qui permet à des
personnes qui ont de la difficulté à lire... parce que monsieur Nolet en a parlé
dans son texte, très souvent, les personnes qui utilisent la langue gestuelle
ont, malheureusement, des difficultés de lecture et doivent, conséquemment,
composer avec la langue des signes comme étant le meilleur moyen de
communication et surtout celui qui leur permet d'être beaucoup plus précis dans
leur compréhension et dans leur expression.
416
On se rappelle que dans les services d'urgence, très souvent, la
précision du texte ou la précision du message comme tel est un élément très
important, que ça soit dans un sens ou dans l'autre, que ça soit dans le sens
communiquer vers le service d'urgence pour signifier qu'on a une crise
cardiaque, donc, signifier nos malaises, donc, préciser, par exemple, de quoi on
souffre, et dans l'autre sens, pour recevoir, que ça soit des ordres
d'évacuation, que ça soit des avertissements de coupure de système
d'électricité, que ça soit des inondations.
417
Écoutez, je ne pourrai pas vous nommer tous les services d'urgence qui
peuvent exister, mais je pense que vous pouvez très bien comprendre que, et dans
un sens et dans l'autre, la précision du message dans une situation d'urgence
devient essentielle et non pas... on ne peut pas se contenter d'un message
général. Il faut avoir les
directions où aller, allez vers la droite, allez vers la gauche, allez vers le
sud, allez vers le nord.
418
Donc, toutes ces indications‑là se doivent d'être aussi précises que
possible, et, conséquemment, d'être communiquées dans la langue la plus
accessible et surtout la plus compréhensible pour la personne qui émet ou reçoit
le message.
419
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Au paragraphe 31 de votre soumission du mois de
juillet, vous proposez de faire usage des services sans fil et les appareils qui
sont associés à ces services‑là en remplacement de l'installation de
téléscripteurs dans les téléphones publics.
420
Cependant, le service sans fil, lui non plus n'est pas exempt de
contraintes. Par exemple, le
service n'est pas nécessairement disponible partout en milieu rural ou
éloigné. La situation topographique
ou même la géographie urbaine, si vous me permettez l'expression, peut altérer,
voire même empêcher la transmission de signaux.
421
Donc, à prime abord, j'aurais plutôt eu tendance à considérer ces
appareils sans fil complémentaires et non pas suppléants aux
téléscripteurs. Pouvez‑vous
élaborer un peu plus sur votre point de vue à ce
sujet‑là?
422
M. RACICOT : Le départ de cette réflexion et même, à la limite,
proposition vient du fait que toute la... je ne dirais pas la technologie, mais
l'installation comme telle de téléphones publics est, pour nous, une espèce en
voie de disparition au profit de la téléphonie cellulaire.
423
Je ne pense pas qu'on assiste à l'augmentation comme telle de la
téléphonie ou, en tout cas, des services de téléphone public. Toute l'industrie et le marketing par
rapport à cette technologie‑là, je dirais, ou, en tout cas, l'utilisation des téléphones publics,
nous considérons que c'est une espèce en voie de
disparition.
424
Alors, conséquemment, d'investir énormément d'argent dans une technologie
ou dans un système en voie de disparition, pour nous autres, nous apparaît un
non‑sens, plutôt que de penser à utiliser tout l'argent qui est nécessaire ou
qui existe par rapport à cette disposition‑là en vue de développer quelque chose
de compatible entre la téléphonie cellulaire ou du moins un appareil qui
permettrait aux gens de se brancher directement sur les téléphones publics,
plutôt que de transformer ces téléphones publics là comme
tel.
425
Alors, pour nous autres, c'est une question d'investissement de sommes
d'argent que l'industrie va faire si le CRTC lui ordonne, mais on peut se poser
la question si elle est maintenant nécessaire ou en tout cas si c'est une
disposition qui est sensée dans notre monde d'évolution technologique
actuelle.
426
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Je vais passer aux questions sur le sous‑titrage,
mais juste avant, je tiens à vous signaler que j'ai bien pris note de vos
commentaires, autant dans votre soumission que dans votre présentation, au sujet
des frais supplémentaires inhérents aux services qui sont utilisés par les
personnes qui souffrent d'une déficience auditive. Alors, je n'ai pas de questions à poser
parce que j'ai bien compris.
427
En ce qui concerne le sous‑titrage, mes premières questions portent
autant sur ce que vous dites et ce que vous ne dites pas dans vos
mémoires.
428
À la page 13 de votre mémoire de septembre, c'est un entre‑filet, vous
affirmez... en réponse à une question qui ne tient pas au sous‑titrage, vous
affirmez que depuis l'arrivée de la technologie de la reconnaissance vocale en
matière de sous‑titrage codé pour la télévision, les personnes vivant avec une
surdité se plaignent de la piètre qualité du français.
429
Est‑ce que vous faites référence ici uniquement au sous‑titrage dans les
émissions en direct?
430
MME THERRIEN : Principalement, mais ce matin, juste pour vous mettre
devant le fait, nous regardions le sous‑titrage en direct qui se fait
aujourd'hui. Avec tout le respect
que nous avons pour les gens qui travaillent pour cette technologie‑là, il est
très difficile de suivre le sous‑titrage en français qui est fait ici, ce matin,
à moins de comprendre les sons qui sont tapés parfois. Ce sont des mots qui sont mis côte à
côte, mais ce sont des sons. Alors,
une personne sourdre gestuelle ne serait pas en mesure de comprendre quoi que ce
soit ce matin en lisant le texte écrit.
431
Donc, pour répondre à votre question, l'une des plus grandes difficultés,
c'est effectivement le direct au niveau du français. Bien que le différé, eux, ils ont le
temps de corriger, alors, tout est là.
432
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Donc, outre l'exemple que vous venez de nous donner
de ce matin, est‑ce que vous avez d'autres exemples précis dans des émissions,
par exemple, d'affaires publiques ou de nouvelles qui sont en direct, qui vous
viennent à l'esprit au niveau de l'expérience que vous vivez ou que les gens que
vous représentez vivent?
433
MME THERRIEN : Je n'ai pas d'exemple concret. Vous comprendrez que notre organisme ne
fait pas de veille technologique particulière pour le sous‑titrage. Nous traitons tous les dossiers de la
surdité au Québec.
434
Donc, ce que nous avons, c'est vraiment les commentaires de nos usagers,
qui se plaignent principalement des nouvelles où on va changer de sujet, et la
phrase précédente n'est pas terminée.
On change de sujet, on est incapable de suivre. Alors, le problème est vraiment
principalement avec les émissions en direct.
435
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Maintenant, d'une part... Oui?
436
M. RACICOT : J'aimerais juste rajouter.
437
Une des grandes difficultés, il faut l'admettre, c'est que
l'investissement et le sous‑titrage en direct du côté anglophone est de loin
supérieur à celui fait du côté francophone. On doit admettre, quelque part
possiblement, que la langue française est plus complexe possiblement que la
langue anglaise.
438
Mais pour moi, c'est peut‑être une notion de quantité d'investissement,
soit de temps, d'énergie, d'argent qui ont été consacrés à chacun de ces
volets‑là.
439
Je n'ai pas la réponse exacte, mais le constat est que : un, lorsqu'on
est ici ce matin et qu'on regarde les deux écrans, c'est‑à‑dire l'écran
anglophone ou l'écran anglais et l'écran francophone, un est plus rapide que
l'autre dans la présentation du texte, et un est plus précis et complet que
l'autre dans la présentation du texte, et malheureusement, c'est le côté
francophone qui en souffre.
440
Est‑ce que c'est une question de sommes, de montant d'énergie, de
langue? J'aimerais vous répondre à
ça avec précision, mais possiblement que des personnes encore plus expertes que
nous autres pourront vous répondre ou pourraient répondre à cette
question‑là. Mais le constat
malheureux qui est à faire, c'est que les personnes qui sont francophones sont
désavantagées à ce niveau‑là, et de loin.
441
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Monsieur Nolet, vous voulez ajouter quelque
chose.
442
M. NOLET : Je veux parler
comme consommateur, et bienheureux ou malheureusement, j'ai quand même un ratio
que j'ai que je peux entendre avec le micro, et quand, aujourd'hui, j'écoute,
j'ai... un ou l'autre. Mais ce
n'est pas toute la communauté sourde.
Il y a les sourds profonds... très sévère. On en perd des bouts. Surtout l'information en général, c'est
un gros, gros problème pour moi.
443
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Vous
avez fait allusion, dans votre présentation, sur la quantité du sous‑titrage par
rapport à la qualité. Vous avez
dit, bon, la quantité augmente, mais la qualité ne suffit pas
toujours.
444
Maintenant, en se concentrant uniquement sur la quantité et en présumant
qu'elle est de qualité acceptable, est‑ce que vous estimez que présentement, la
quantité de sous‑titrage qui est disponible en télévision est suffisante, est à
un niveau acceptable pour vous?
445
MME THERRIEN: Pour
l'instant, non, puisque si l'on regarde les télédiffuseurs privés, ce sont eux
qui ont le pourcentage de sous‑titrage le moins élevé. On l'a vu en juin dernier, TQS était à
environ... je crois que c'était 45 pour‑cent. TVA était peut‑être à une soixantaine,
si ma mémoire est bonne et Radio‑Canada était le chef de file, mais n'atteignait
pas encore l'entièreté du sous‑titrage.
446
Alors, nous, les francophones, on est toujours un peu en arrière aussi,
si on compare avec les anglophones qui bénéficient d'un bassin beaucoup plus
large d'émissions qui proviennent d'ailleurs.
447
Certains intervenants ont proposé que les radiodiffuseurs adoptent une
politique interne de contrôle de qualité du sous‑titrage. Selon vous, qu'est‑ce que cette
politique‑là, si elle était adoptée, devrait prévoir?
448
M. RACICOT: Vous savez, la
notion de contrôle de qualité interne par l'industrie nous fait énormément peur
parce que: est‑ce qu'on peut être
celui qui livre le service et celui qui évalue la qualité du service qu'on
livre?
449
C'est assez difficile de s'autocritiquer soi‑même et de se rendre
coupable de... de finalement de se déclarer coupable d'erreur, comme
telle.
450
Actuellement, l'exemple que je peux vous donner, c'est dans le service de
relais téléphonique. Il existe ce
qu'on appelle un comité aviseur, un comité comme tel qui se rencontre
régulièrement avec l'industrie en question ou le service en question afin de
suivre le développement ou l'accroissement de la qualité et de la quantité en
rapport avec le service offert.
451
Je peux vous dire que dans un cas en particulier (puis, je vais le
nommer), dans le cas du service de relais Bell, ce fonctionnement ou cette
mesure fonctionne très bien et donne des résultats
excellents.
452
Il faut dire que d'emblée, la mise en place des normes, ou la mise en
place des normes de qualité et de quantité a été faite conjointement entre les
associations de consommateurs (ou les associations qui représentent les
consommateurs) et l'industrie elle‑même, ce qui a donné lieu à un consensus en
termes des normes finales.
453
Lorsque ce service‑là n'existe pas, à ce moment‑là, on constate
malheureusement que la qualité et que la quantité du service donné est de loin
déficiente. Et en ce sens‑là, pour
nous, il devient essentiel qu'il existe des normes universelles, il faut le
dire. Pourquoi est‑ce qu'un service
serait désavantagé par rapport à un autre en offrant plus de qualité, donc en
étant soumis à une pression financière supplémentaire et que l'autre compagnie à
côté, en esquivant, finalement, je veux dire... le respect de normes ou de
services aux consommateurs pourrait générer, à la limite, un profit
supplémentaire.
454
Alors, pour nous, il devient important que le CRTC se prononce en faveur
de l'établissement de normes communes à l'industrie soit de la radiodiffusion ou
soit de la télécommunication envers le
consommateur.
455
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Donc,
si je comprends bien ce que vous me dites, c'est qu'une telle politique interne
ne devrait pas inclure l'auto‑évaluation?
C'est que l'évaluation devrait être faite par un organisme consultatif
extérieur et qui ne comprend pas uniquement le producteur de
sous‑titrages?
456
M. RACICOT:
Effectivement. Et c'est ce
qui se produit dans le cas du relais téléphonique. C'est une compagnie indépendante qui
effectue la vérification de la norme de services de quantité et de
qualité.
457
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Parlons
justement de l'Association canadienne des radiodiffuseurs qui remettra (et vous
l'avez souligné) prochainement les rapports des groupes de
travail.
458
Premier commentaire que j'aimerais faire, suite à votre
présentation: Vous avez mentionné
dans votre présentation que votre centre n'avait pas été consulté, mais je tiens
à vous mentionner que le Regroupement québécois du sous‑titrage faisait partie
du groupe. Alors, c'est une
information que vous voudriez commenter?
459
MME THERRIEN: C'est que
c'est la Ressource québécoise pour le sous‑titrage, le Regroupement québécois
pour le sous‑titrage n'existe plus depuis plusieurs années et c'est un organisme
privé qui ne représente pas de façon aussi...
460
Bien, c'est un organisme... ce n'est pas un organisme impartial comme le
Centre québécois de la déficience auditive qui représente les consommateurs
sourds, il faut s'entendre. Je
voulais juste faire cette mise au point‑là, pour le RQST.
461
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE:
Oui. Merci de me corriger et
je note votre commentaire.
462
Maintenant, dans ce rapport, on s'attend justement à ce qu'ils décrivent
une nouvelle norme qu'on voudra universelle pour le sous‑titrage. Selon vous, est‑ce que le Conseil
devrait exiger des radiodiffuseurs, par condition de licence, qu'ils adhèrent et
utilisent cette nouvelle norme, une fois qu'on sera d'accord sur la
norme?
463
MME THERRIEN: Il faudra
qu'on soit d'accord sur la norme, mais qu'on soit consulté pour être d'accord
sur la norme. À partir de ce
moment‑là, oui, je crois qu'il devrait y avoir obligation.
464
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE:
Merci.
465
M. RACICOT: Est‑ce que je
peux rajouter quelque chose?
466
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE:
Oui.
467
M. RACICOT: Et je vais
revenir sur la partie du texte qui touchait à l'inclusion.
468
C'est toujours extrêmement difficile pour nous autres de répondre ou de
se prononcer à un rapport une fois qu'il est produit. C'est vraiment différent de se consulter
lors de la production ou lors des comités de discussion parce qu'on pense à
toutes sortes de sujets, ça nous fait penser à cette solution‑là... Ça nous donne également des fois (et
presque tout le temps) la possibilité de consulter nos membres par rapport à tel
sujet ou tel autre sujet.
469
Vous savez, quand le rapport est déjà écrit, on est comme dirigé vers un
tel sujet ou un tel sujet et ça en élude d'autres. Alors, c'est dans ce sens‑là qu'on parle
d'inclusion, donc, de consultation préalable et non pas après le fait. C'est toujours plus difficile de réparer
quelque chose qui a été construit que de l'adapter à la
source.
470
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE:
Merci. Alors, ce qui a été
proposé entre autres pour (je n'utiliserai plus le même mot) le RQST (comme ça,
je suis certaine de ne pas me tromper) c'est qu'une mesure de la qualité du
sous‑titrage soit établie en comptant les erreurs et en établissant un taux
d'erreur acceptable ou non.
471
Alors, si on devait retenir cette proposition‑là, selon vous, comment
est‑ce qu'on devrait définir une erreur et comment est‑ce qu'on pourrait les
identifier?
472
M. RACICOT: La notion
d'erreur comme telle se situe à deux niveaux, principalement. Il y a les erreurs de compréhension dans
le texte et il y a les erreurs d'orthographe. C'est deux choses qui sont complètement
différentes et, évidemment, que la notion prioritaire, entre parenthèses, est
évidemment la notion de compréhension.
473
Mais je ne voudrais surtout pas prioriser cette notion d'erreur de
compréhension au profit d'erreurs d'orthographe puisqu'il faut le
comprendre. Le sous‑titrage comme
tel fait appel également à la notion d'apprentissage de la langue et c'est notre
représentation lexicographique, finalement, de notre
langue.
474
Et ça s'adresse aux jeunes, ça s'adresse aux personnes âgées; ça
s'adresse aussi aux émigrants ou aux personnes qui tentent d'apprendre le
français.
475
Et si en partant, on accepte d'emblée qu'on ait un taux d'erreur ou qu'on
ait un taux d'omission ou d'interprétation de mauvaise qualité, quelle image
est‑ce qu'on donne à notre langue française à ceux qui nous
regardent.
476
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Pour
compléter cette question‑là, advenant qu'on accepte le concept d'un système de
surveillance (peu importe lequel), est‑ce que ça devrait faire l'objet, selon
vous, d'une condition de licence pour les radiodiffuseurs, d'avoir un tel
système de surveillance et d'y adhérer?
477
M. RACICOT: Évidemment
que... Et je répète ce qu'on a
énoncé un petit peu auparavant.
L'établissement d'un comité de surveillance (appelez‑le comme vous
voudrez), d'un comité aviseur, d'un comité de surveillance, d'une agence de
surveillance, le terme lui‑même, je ne veux pas lui donner de nom précis, mais
que ce comité‑là soit indépendant ou, à la limite, sous l'autorité du CRTC, pour
moi, je veux dire, c'est... c'est quelque chose d'équivalent, c'est en tout cas
une notion équivalente.
478
Il faut qu'on fasse rapport à votre agence, ou en tout cas, du moins au
CRTC, des résultats de la surveillance comme telle du sous‑titrage à la
télévision. Il faut que vous soyez
en mesure de réagir rapidement et non pas par la voix de mécanismes différenciés
(ou de mécanismes à retardement) et de revenir en audience ou et
cetera.
479
Il faut que vous ayez une autorité directe, au moins pour plusieurs
années. Par la suite, peut‑être
qu'il sera possible de relâcher un petit peu le contrat, mais pas au moins, je
dirais, pour les cinq prochaines années.
Il faut absolument faire quelque chose par rapport à
ça.
480
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: J'en
suis rendue à mes questions sur les sujets dits complémentaires; et ça porte
surtout sur les modalités d'échange avec les entreprises autant en
télécommunication qu'avec les radiodiffuseurs.
481
Dans les échanges avec les fournisseurs de services, il y a toujours
beaucoup d'information qui est donnée.
Vous avez fait allusion, entre autres, les manuels d'utilisation de
certains équipements. Et pour les
personnes qui ont des déficiences auditives, sous quelle forme ces
informations‑là sont‑elles pour vous le plus avantageusement disponibles, ou
devraient l'être?
482
M. RACICOT: Actuellement, et
je répète: La notion de
compréhension du message (parce que le manuel d'utilisation d'un appareil
technologique c'est un message qui est donné à un consommateur) et il doit
l'être de façon la plus précise possible et disponible dans la langue qui leur
est plus accessible en terme de consommateurs.
483
Heureusement (on doit le dire maintenant) Internet nous permet de
diffuser des images, des vidéos ou des messages qui permettent de comprendre, je
veux dire, finalement, ces notions‑là.
Que ça soit par Internet ou que ça soit par un autre mécanisme, il est
maintenant possible de diffuser des messages en langue signée, ce qui n'était
pas le cas auparavant.
484
Donc, l'accroissement de l'utilisation de messages vidéos, que ce soit
par le biais d'Internet, que ce soit par le biais de disques, de CD ou de DVD ou
et cetera, il n'y a plus de barrière, maintenant, je veux dire, à l'utilisation
de ce type de technologie‑là.
Alors, je ne vois pas pourquoi on ne devrait pas en... premièrement recommander, je veux dire,
l'augmentation et l'utilisation et probablement, en venir à l'obligation de le
faire quelque part.
485
MME THERRIEN: J'aimerais
aussi compléter.
486
Les manuels mériteraient aussi d'être adaptés dans un langage beaucoup
plus simple et plus imagé. Ça ne
servirait pas seulement qu'aux personnes sourdes gestuelles qui comprennent
moins bien le français, mais ça servirait vraiment à des allophones, à des
gens... à des dyslexiques qui ne comprennent pas les structures lorsqu'ils les
lisent et ainsi de suite.
487
Alors, les sites Internet, les manuels mériteraient d'avoir tant les
signes, mais tant de l'information visuelle qui aiderait tout le monde
finalement.
488
M. RACICOT: Et je dois
rajouter... Puis, si vous avez déjà
eu affaire avec ces fameux manuels qui sont d'abord conçus en anglais et par la
suite traduits par un dictionnaire ou un équipement de transcription souvent un
peu déficient et que vous essayez de monter une tablette, un appareil quelconque
à l'aide de ce manuel écrit en français, je pense que vous n'aurez pas le
produit final escompté, au bout de la ligne, ou vous allez prendre six mois de
plus pour le construire, quelque chose de même.
489
C'est très connu, je veux dire, que les manuels d'instruction traduits en
français qui proviennent d'un pays étranger sont souvent très mal traduits. Alors, l'utilisation d'images, de
pictogrammes ou en tout cas de ce type de technologie‑là (et on est capable
maintenant de le faire) serait de loin appropriée.
490
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Votre
commentaire se passe de commentaire.
491
Le type de votre groupe est le Centre québécois (et je souligne le mot
québécois) de la déficience auditive.
Au préambule de votre mémoire de juillet, vous ajoutez que votre groupe
est le seul représentant les personnes francophones ayant une surdité au
Canada... vivant avec une surdité au Canada.
492
Est‑ce que vous avez des contacts avec des personnes qui ont une
déficience auditive et qui vivent à l'extérieur du Québec? Les francophones à l'extérieur du
Québec, est‑ce que vous obtenez leurs commentaires? Est‑ce qu'eux vous contactent pour
obtenir des services? Est‑ce qu'ils
font appel à vous pour l'accessibilité de services en français en
télécommunication et en radiodiffusion?
493
M. RACICOT: Il existe, à
notre connaissance, une seule autre organisation qui regroupe des personnes qui
sont francophones en Ontario, organisation avec laquelle on n'a malheureusement
pas énormément de contacts, je l'avoue.
Et il faut...
494
Et madame Therrien disait, au départ: Il faut aussi comprendre que notre
organisation ne dispose pas d'un budget illimité. Au contraire, nous vivons avec une
personne ou des fois deux personnes à notre emploi. Donc, nos moyens sont limités par
rapport à ça.
495
Mais... et on le souligne, je veux dire. Notre volonté de coopérer ou de
collaborer existe, c'est très clair, mais il faut vivre avec les moyens
financiers qui nous sont impartis, ce qui est souvent très difficile à accomplir
dans le quotidien.
496
MME THERRIEN: Bien souvent,
les informations nous proviennent de gens du Québec qui ont des contacts avec
ces francophones‑là. Donc, ce sont
nos membres du Québec qui nous rapportent des situations ou des commentaires ou
des plaintes vécus par les francophones hors Québec.
497
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Je vous
remercie. Je n'ai plus d'autre
question. Monsieur le
Président?
498
LE PRÉSIDENT: Merci. Est‑ce qu'il y a d'autres questions sur
le Conseil? Non? Le Conseil
juridique?
499
MME LEHOUX: Merci, Monsieur
Katz. J'ai eux petites questions à
vous poser.
500
Alors, dans un premier temps, étant donné que les services de relais
vidéo et par Internet sont offerts (évidemment, par l'Internet) et que les
usagers peuvent avoir les mêmes problèmes que le service VOIP local mobile,
c'est‑à‑dire qu'on ne peut pas nécessairement déterminer d'où vient l'appel sans
que la personne qui a fait l'appel donne ses coordonnées à l'opératrice, à cet
égard, le Conseil, évidemment, a mis en place certaines protections dans la
décision 2005‑21, qui exige entre autres aux compagnies de VOIP d'aviser leur
clientèle de toute limite avant de commencer à fournir les services et pendant
la durée du contrat de service.
Puis, ils sont également tenus d'obtenir de leurs clients le consentement
exprès à l'égard de ces limites.
501
De plus, le Conseil a également établi certaines obligations qui visent à
déterminer l'endroit où se trouve la personne qui appelle le 9‑1‑1 en se servant
du service VOIP local mobile.
502
Est‑ce que vous avez des commentai9res à faire concernant ces mesures
puis est‑ce que ces mesures sont adéquates pour les personnes
handicapées?
503
M. RACICOT: Votre question
est très longue...
‑‑‑ Rires / Laughter
504
M. RACICOT: J'aimerais ça
que vous la reprécisiez par sections, parce que...
505
Ce que je comprends ‑‑ et là, vous me préciserez ‑‑ ce que je
comprends, c'est que vous me posez une question en rapport avec la détermination
de l'endroit de l'appel et de l'obligation de le
faire?
506
MME LEHOUX: En fait, c'est
que ce qui s'est produit avec le service VOIP, c'est que lorsqu'il y a un appel
qui était logé, on ne pouvait pas déterminer d'où venait l'appel sans que la
personne qui faisait l'appel donne ses coordonnées. Donc, ce qui arrive, c'est que des fois,
le service coupe. Ça fait que si le
service coupe, bien, à ce moment‑là, on n'a pas... l'opératrice qui répond à
l'appel n'a pas la coordonnée géographique de la personne.
507
Donc, pour faire face à ça, le Conseil a mis des mesures en places. Et, comme j'ai dit, ces mesures en
place, bon bien, je ne les répéterai pas nécessairement, mais c'est des mesures
qui aident, justement. Mais on
voulait savoir si ces mesures‑là étaient utiles pour vous.
508
M. RACICOT: C'est‑à‑dire que
toute mesure qui va permettre, par exemple, au service d'urgence d'être efficace
et de permettre la transmission du message, on ne peut pas être contre. Ce que nous avons comme réserve
c'est: le fait que les personnes
handicapées (dans le cas de notre... nous autres, les personnes vivant avec une
surdité) puissent être pénalisées en fonction de
ça.
509
Et toute la question, c'est:
On n'est pas encore capable de répondre avec exactitude à cette
question‑là. Est‑ce que les
personnes pourraient être pénalisées?
Et c'est ça qui nous fait hésiter un peu à
répondre.
510
Mais s'il faut que la personne soit enregistrée...
511
Parce qu'actuellement, je vous donne un exemple, pour que la personne
puisse bénéficier d'une réduction de ses tarifs interurbains comme personne
vivant avec une surdité, elle doit être enregistrée.
512
Donc, on n'a pas d'objection à ce que la personne soit enregistrée comme
telle dans ce cas‑là. C'est:
jusqu'où la personne pourrait être pénalisée. Et c'est cette question‑là qu'on n'est
pas certain. Est‑ce que malgré les
notions de confidentialité, malgré les notions de professionnalisme, est‑ce
que...?
513
On le sait, il y a des listes qui circulent, il y a toutes sortes
d'utilisation possibles qui peuvent être faites et comment est‑ce qu'on peut
faire respecter ça?
514
C'est notre interrogation par rapport à ça: Jusqu'à quel point on pourrait avoir la
certitude que la confidentialité est respectée et jusqu'à quel point vous pouvez
en avoir la certitude, que le service respecte le professionnalisme comme tel
auquel il est dû. J'aimerais vous
répondre avec certitude à cette question‑là, mais vous voyez la limitation de
mes interrogations.
515
MME LEHOUX: On était plus
préocc... ‑‑ En fait, merci
beaucoup pour votre réponse, mais on était plus préoccupé par le fait qu'on veut
s'assurer aussi que les consommateurs soient bien avisés s'il y a une faille à
la ‑‑ de fois, la technologie, tu sais, des fois les lignes
coupent.
516
Alors, on veut juste s'assurer d'avoir les bons moyens en place pour que
les personnes qui... les personnes sourdes ou malentendantes aient la
possibilité d'être avisées de ces limites‑là avec la technologie qu'ils vont
utiliser.
517
Donc, c'était plus à ce niveau‑là, la raison pour laquelle je posais ma
question.
518
MME THERRIEN: Est‑ce que je
peux juste compléter?
519
Lorsque vous parlez d'aviser des limites avant la signature du contrat de
service, pour nous, notre... aussi, une inquiétude, c'est: Comment expliquer... comment les
compagnies ou les entreprises expliqueront aux personnes sourdes gestuelles tout
le contenu de ces contrats de service‑là qui sont souvent bien
complexe?
520
Alors, pour leur permettre de signer quelque chose de manière
éclairée... Alors, pour nous, on
revient avec la nécessité de l'interprétariat et des documents adaptés et tout
ça.
521
À partir de ce moment‑là, si nous sommes certains que la personne
comprend ce qu'elle signe, j'adhère... je poursuis dans le même sens que
monsieur Racicot. S'il y a des
avantages, on n'y voit pas d'inconvénient.
522
MME LEHOUX: Je vous
remercie. J'ai une dernière petite
question à vous poser.
523
Est‑ce que vous pourriez nous donner des exemples de forfaits de services
qui comprendraient seulement des services qui sont accessibles aux personnes
vivant avec une surdité et que vous aimeriez voir le jour? Donc, on parle d'une offre de services
comme telle. Est‑ce que vous
pourriez nous donner un exemple?
524
M. RACICOT: On en parlait un
petit peu tout à l'heure, puis je reviens là‑dessus. Et je donnais l'exemple de mon garçon
qui utilise ce type de technologie‑là.
Mon garçon utilise maintenant sa * Webcam +, qu'on appelle, c'est‑à‑dire sa
caméra vidéo comme téléphone
525
Mais ce que je me suis aperçu, c'est que ce téléphone vidéo consomme de
la bande passante. Et cette bande
passante‑là m'est chargée à un coût supplémentaire, si je dépasse une certaine
limite de bande passante.
526
Dans les faits, mon garçon utilise sa caméra vidéo comme téléphone
régulier, c'est‑à‑dire qu'il le prend comme étant le service dont je paye à tous
les mois, exemple, 25 $. Mais
maintenant, au lieu d'avoir une téléphonie locale, d'avoir un service régulier
local, je dois en plus payer de la bande passante qui s'ajoute, finalement, à
mon prix initial de téléphonie locale.
Est‑ce que je me fais bien comprendre?
527
Alors, à ce moment‑là, je me retrouve avec une facture qui, au lieu
d'être, exemple: 25 $ pour mon
service d'appels régulier qui serait le mien s'il n'y avait pas de problème de
surdité, je me retrouve avec une facture de 35 $, 40 $, 45 $, dépendant de
l'utilisation de sa bande passante.
Et il n'a fait que des appels locaux.
528
Alors, si moi, j'utilisais ‑‑ et lui ‑‑ nous utilisions notre
service d'appel local 24 heures par jour, 30 jours par mois, ça nous coûterait
25 $. Mais si lui l'utilise 24
heures par jour, 7 jours par semaine (ou 30 jours par mois), ça va nous coûter
150 $. Et pourtant, on utilise le
même service, la technologie seulement a changé. Mais pourtant, c'est le même service
d'appel local et régulier.
529
Alors, pourquoi est‑ce que le fait qu'il soit gestuel et qu'il communique
en images vidéos devra nous coûter plus cher qu'une personne qui utilise la
voix. Alors, qu'est‑ce qu'on
pourrait...?
530
Je vous donne... Est‑ce
qu'on pourrait jumeler ces services‑là?
Est‑ce qu'on pourrait adapter les coûts à ce service‑là? Question qui fait appel à l'émergence de
la nouvelle technologie vidéo, dont on n'a pas vraiment discuté encore, et qui
s'adresse, finalement, à tous les fournisseurs Internet comme
tels.
531
MME LEHOUX: Merci
beaucoup.
532
LE PRÉSIDENT: Merci. Je
voudrais remercier le Centre québécois de la déficience
auditive.
533
We will now break for lunch and reconveine at 1:15.
‑‑‑ Suspension à 1202 / Upon recessing at
1202
‑‑‑ Upon resuming at 1315 / Reprise à
1315
534
THE CHAIRPERSON: Order,
please. We will commence this
afternoon's session.
535
Madam Secretary...?
536
THE SECRETARY: Yes. We will begin our third presentation
with Rothschild & Co. Ltd.
Please introduce yourself and you will have 15 minutes for your
presentation.
PRESENTATION /
PRÉSENTATION
537
MR. ROTHSCHILD: Thank
you.
538
Mr. Chairman, Commissioners, good afternoon. My name is Eric Rothschild. I am the owner and President of
Rothschild & Co. With me today
is John Stubbs, an old friend and the owner of Stubbs
Solutions.
539
It is a pleasure to be with you today. No doubt there is a broad range of
issues that will be explored over the course of the hearing and we have already
heard some of that this morning.
For our part, John and I will focus on described
video.
540
John and I have worked on access issues for Canadians with vision
disabilities for the past decade; me as an advisor to the National Broadcast
Reading Service and La Magnétothèque; John as a Manager at NBRS and at
AudioVision Canada, which was Canada's first described video production
house.
541
John and I each have over 30 years' experience in the broadcasting
industry, hence the abundance of grey hair. We have worked in all aspects of
television and radio, news, production, management, regulatory affairs,
consulting. We have built stations,
including one of the world's first all digital television
stations.
542
Today, in addition to my consulting practice, I am a partner in an
independent ISP and a partner in an independent production company producing
content for distribution over the web.
543
One thing that has been consistent throughout both our careers is that we
have reputations for coming up with creative solutions, for thinking outside the
box, and certainly resolving access issues demands creative
solutions.
544
We felt compelled to participate in these proceedings because we know the
means exist to make described video available. It isn't complicated. It doesn't need to be expensive. It can happen right
now.
545
It's a question of whether we have the resolve to make it
happen.
546
Today we would like to speak to the six recommendations we made in our
written submission.
547
Our first recommendation was that each Canadian program broadcast by over
the air and analog specialty stations that would be made more accessible if it
were described should be described.
There is no need to describe play by play sports or newscasts or talk
shows like The hour or CityLine, or morning shows like Canada AM, or music
videos. They are already quite
accessible. Just about everything
else should be described.
548
Now, the CAB intervention said cost is the number one issue with
description. They said it's too
expensive. Let's look at the cost
side of description.
549
In 2000 it cost $5,000 to describe an hour of described programming. Today it cost $1,500. That is a direct result of the
Commission imposing description obligations. That led to a competitive
market.
550
In going forward, prices could come down much more.
551
The CAB estimates 21 hours per week of described programs were broadcast
last year on over the air stations.
That comes to just under 1,100 hours. Half those hours were repeats. That means OTA stations commissioned
about 550 original hours last year.
552
At $1,500 an hour, 550 hours of described programs means a total
description market in Canada last year was about $825,000. Well, that's barely enough revenue to
support even one company, yet there at least four players competing for those
description dollars.
553
What it means is that description is a cottage industry. No one company produces in volume. Every show is a one‑off. It is the most expensive way to produce
anything. Cars, computers,
appliances, it's all the same, including described programs. If there is no volume, it is
expensive. That's why it cost
$1,500 an hour.
554
If we want to bring down the cost, we need to produce in volume. We need to produce more described
programs.
555
But even at $1,500 it can be argued that description is affordable. $1,500 is a fraction of 1 per cent of
the budget of a one‑hour drama.
Even with factual programs, $1,500 is less than 1 per cent of a typical
one‑hour budget.
556
Let's try and put cost into the bigger
picture.
557
The Commission's most recent communications monitoring report shows that
in 2007 CTV Toronto broadcast 375 hours of priority programs. CanWest Toronto broadcast 438
hours. Assuming that there were no
repeats, at $1,500 an hour it would have cost roughly $600,000 to describe every
priority program on CTV. The same
for CanWest.
558
If there were repeats ‑‑ and we know there were ‑‑ it would
have been even cheaper.
559
$600,000 is one‑fifth of one per cent of the $300 million the CMR says
was spent on non‑news programs last year, a fifth of 1 per cent to describe
every priority program. The impact
would have been huge, the cost not unreasonable.
560
Priority programs were the only programs where we could find specific
numbers of hours of programs broadcast.
I'm sure that the Commission has the data to do a similar analysis based
on all hours of Canadian programs broadcast or as a percentage of the total
spend on Canadian programs, or as a percentage of the total hours and total
spend on Canadian and foreign programs.
561
The bottom line is that in the context of overall program spending, even
at $1,500 an hour, it can be argued that description is
affordable.
562
As I said previously, it will only get cheaper as described programs are
produced in volume. Just like with
captioning, the cost of which has dropped dramatically over the
years.
563
John...?
564
MR. STUBBS: Our second
recommendation focused on awareness.
Today trying to find a described program is an exercise in
frustration. There is no mention of
description in most TV listings.
There is no mention on the EPG, the Electronic Program Guide and there
are virtually no on‑air announcements.
565
The CAB intervention says broadcasters and distributors are frustrated by
the challenge of promoting awareness amongst people with vision
disabilities.
566
Mr. Chairman, Commissioners, given that no one tells people that a
program is described, how could we expect anyone to be
aware?
567
There is a simple and cost‑effective solution: tell people that a program is
described.
568
We recommend that broadcasters should be required to put the description
logo on the screen and make an audio announcement before each program they air
that is described. They should
repeat the announcement at each commercial
break.
569
Captioning announcements are a profit centre. The same could happen with description
announcements. Tell vision impaired
viewers that a program is described, make them aware. They will respond.
570
Our third recommendation concerns the digital set‑top
box.
571
The Commission will relieve a BDU of the obligation to distribute
description in analog if they provide free digital set‑top boxes to the vision
impaired. The Commission's decision
was a creative solution, but virtually no one knows that the set‑top boxes are
available. No one has told
them.
572
That's why we recommend that BDUs be required to promote the fact that
the free set‑top boxes are available.
573
One way to get the message out would be to advertise through voiceprint
and the CNIB.
574
We also recommend that BDUs should use 5 per cent of the local avails on
American cable services that are reserved for their use to promote the free
set‑top boxes. We realize that the
Commission has announced a review of its policy on the use of local avails. This may change the landscape, but until
the policy does change we stand by this recommendation.
575
Tell people with vision disabilities that free set‑top boxes are
available. They will ask for
them.
576
Eric...?
577
MR. ROTHSCHILD: Our fourth
recommendation was that BDUs should train their customer service representatives
in how to deal with vision impaired callers. They should know about the free set‑top
boxes. They should be trained to
tell callers how to access services like voiceprint or described
video.
578
The CAB intervention says it's complicated because there are so many
different models of set‑top boxes.
That's true, but surely it's reasonable to expect that each BDU can and
should train its CSRs in how to use the features of the set‑top boxes that their
employer distributes.
579
Surely they can and should be trained how to activate features like
accessing the description soundtrack.
In fact, with some set‑top boxes it is my understanding the CSR can
actually remotely access the digital set‑top box to activate those
features.
580
Bottom line, better training could be part of the
solution.
581
Our fifth recommendation concerns TV listings. As John was saying, today it is
virtually impossible to find out whether a program is described. There is no on‑air announcement and is
not mentioned in TV listings.
582
It seems reasonable to expect that BDUs should include whether a program
is described in the Electronic Program Guide.
583
We also recommend the Commission should encourage broadcasters to include
whether a program is described in TV listings. Listings already include details like
whether it's closed captioned, whether it's a new episode. Surely they could mention
description.
584
Our sixth recommendation is whether broadcasters should be required to
log whether a program is aired with description. I have to admit I recently learned that
broadcasters are already expected to do this to show they are meeting their
conditions of licence. But perhaps
it's not being done, because if it is being done why did the CAB intervention
have to estimate the number of hours broadcast weekly. It is sure to be part of the public
record.
585
We recommend the number of hours described broadcast should be included
in future CMRs and that way we will all know what progress is being
made.
586
We would like to close with two more observations on the intervention
filed by the CAB.
587
It raises concerns about the amount of bandwidth that we require to
distribute the description soundtrack.
It warns that bandwidth is finite.
588
Mr. Chairman, it has always been my understanding that serving those with
disabilities is an obligation subject only to resources or technology being
available. No one disputes that the
technology is available. In fact,
it is already in place.
589
There is no merit to the argument that bandwidth constraints are a real
obstacle to the distribution of described programs or the argument that cost is
a real obstacle. The Commission
shouldn't have to decide which types of programs are important enough to require
description.
590
That's why we recommend that going forward all Canadian programs should
be described and the Commission should demand that the required bandwidth be
made available.
591
One final comment on the CAB
intervention.
592
It refers to the fact that the U.S. court struck down the FCC requirement
for the broadcast of described programs.
That's true. What the
intervention failed to mention is that legislation was introduced in June 2008
to reinstate the original FCC rules.
In fact, the new legislation went further than the FCC. It required that remote control devices
have a single button activation for closed captioning and described video within
18 months of passage of the legislation.
593
The Coalition of Organizations for Accessible Technology is the lead
organization behind this American measure.
They tell us that the legislation will be before Congress early in
2009. Passage of this legislation
should resolve concerns raised by the CAB about the availability of described
American programs. It would also
deal with the concerns about set‑top boxes and remote control
devices.
594
Mr. Chairman, Canada has a long and great tradition of recognizing and
proactively addressing the needs and rights of those with disabilities. Canadian broadcasters have always done
their part on screen and off screen.
The CRTC has provided important leadership. It is thanks to the Commission that
Canada has reading services and described television programming for those with
vision disabilities.
595
No one disputes that the means and mechanisms exist to describe and
distribute Canadian programs.
Canadians with vision disabilities will be delighted when popular
American programs are broadcast with description, and it looks like that will
happen soon.
596
In the meantime, we recommend that the Commission and Canadian
broadcasters should focus on what we can control, and what we can control is the
description and distribution of Canadian programs and promotion of those
programs.
597
Perhaps you remember the movie Field of Dreams: if you build it, they will
come.
598
Mr. Chairman, this is the Field of Dreams for the vision impaired. If you describe it, they will
watch.
599
Thank you for this opportunity to share our views and we would be pleased
to try and answer any questions you might have.
600
THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you
very much, Mr. Rothschild and Mr. Stubbs, for your
presentation.
601
I have several questions to ask of you.
602
What I wanted to do, I think, is get a better understanding of your
proposal, your recommendations, because you emphasize the words Canadian
programming both in your submission of July 23rd and your submission this
morning.
603
Are you saying that you would like to see the CRTC look favourably upon a
decision that would limit the described video to Canadian
programming?
604
MR. ROTHSCHILD: No, Mr.
Chairman, I'm not proposing that you limit anything to Canadian programming, but
I think that Canadian programming is what you can control. We can't control whether Americans or
any foreign country describes its programs and we can control whether Canadian
programs are described. You can say
that they have to be described.
605
The American programs, if I use that as an example, it's our
understanding that many American programs arrive here, first‑run programs,
literally as they go to air with no advance ‑‑ they are not delivered in
advance with sufficient time for Canadian broadcasters to have them
described.
606
Fair enough. Perhaps we have
to wait on those foreign programs, or at least the first‑run foreign programs,
to arrive with description for the other countries to
act.
607
I think you have encouraged Canadian broadcasters to acquire described
versions of foreign programs whenever possible. I think that is a great thing and that
should continue. You have also told
them that they are obligated to do certain minimums for over the airs and some
of the specialties of Canadian programs that need to be described and, on a
going forward basis, you can continue that. You have the authority to do
that.
608
I don't think any of us have the authority to order the Americans or any
other foreign producers to describe their programs.
609
THE CHAIRPERSON: Okay. I recognize your position that the price
per hour would come down with more volume but let's, for the time being, assume
that the rates are what they are.
610
Have you taken your suggestion here and extended it out to see what the
total cost to the system would be if we took just Canadian programming and added
on not just those genres that are there today, but the other genres as well and
what that would mean to the system?
611
MR. ROTHSCHILD: I wish I
could say I have, Mr. Chairman. I
attempted to get those statistics from the Commission in preparation for the
hearing, but unfortunately that level of detailed information is not
available. That's why in our
presentation in‑chief we suggest the Commission has that data and certainly you
have the analysts who can do that, to do that equation.
612
I can give you ‑‑ you know, all I can give you is an estimate of
what I think it probably is, but the Commission has the actual number of
hours.
613
THE CHAIRPERSON: I would be
interested in your estimate.
614
MR. ROTHSCHILD: Well, John
and I have talked about this many times as we prepared for today, hoping you
wouldn't ask us that question.
‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires
615
MR. ROTHSCHILD: The best I
can do, Mr. Chairman, is to say if the typical broadcast week is something in
the order of 128 hours, and if we figure roughly half of that is Canadian, so
that takes us down to about 64, and then you say well, how much is news or
sports programming ‑‑ because we are talking now about a CTV, a CanWest, a
Rogers, all of whom have extensive news programming and extensive play‑by‑play
sports.
616
Let's say half of it, maybe 25 hours a week roughly is perhaps what we're
talking about describing. So what
would that cost? I figure maybe $1
million a year per network.
617
So $1 million a year perhaps for the entire CTV network, $1 million a
year for the entire CanWest network.
618
That's as close as I can come to without knowing the actual statistical
data that the Commission might have.
But I look at it and I say it's about $1 million or even more spread
across ‑‑ again, you have the figures that I don't have against what is the
total program spend, what is the total revenue.
619
It doesn't sound like a lot of money against what I expect them to be
doing.
620
THE CHAIRPERSON: When you do
your math, have you included the specialty programs, the Canadian specialty
programs as well that are owned by the conventional broadcasters or are you
limiting yourself just to the conventional over the air
broadcasters?
621
MR. ROTHSCHILD: Everything I
have been discussing to this point has been in reference to conventional over
the air channels.
622
THE CHAIRPERSON: Okay. Now let's get back to the $1,500 and
volume may get prices down.
623
Are you aware of any other technologies that might be on the horizon that
would actually leapfrog the pricing of described video beyond just volume
related benefits?
624
MR. ROTHSCHILD: My associate
Mr. Stubbs is going to give you the answer that I told him we probably
didn't want to put onto the record, which is about voice
synthesis.
625
There is technology available where the description could be done with a
voice synthesizer and obviously that would make things ‑‑ it means all we
would have to do is write a script and then produce ‑‑ the voice could be
done without paying a talent fee.
626
John...?
627
MR. STUBBS: Right now the
way description is produced is a writer will sit down with their copy of the
program, will write a script with the narration. It will then be passed on to a
technician and a narrator, an announcer and then the whole program will be put
together. So you are dealing with
quite a number of people.
628
The advancements that have been made ‑‑ there is a program called
CapScribe which is a desktop tool to actually have one person do the entire
process on a regular Macintosh desktop computer. And not only ‑‑ the person could
actually describe it themselves using their own voice or it also has the
built‑in ability to use voice synthesis and put that in.
629
So it really streamlines the process in an incredible
way.
630
MR. ROTHSCHILD: Mr.
Chairman, I want to make it clear, it's not like we are saying that's the way
description should go. We are
saying that there are technologies like this available today that can be used,
and it will be up to the marketplace to decide whether they feel it's
appropriate.
631
I mean the marketplace may say well, description has greater value to
them if it is done by a human being because it's something that helps them with,
for instance, DVD sales and it's another feature that can be added to DVD sales
to make it more marketable.
632
I don't know, but there are alternatives.
633
THE CHAIRPERSON: Can you
tell us where these voice synthesizers are being used
today?
634
MR. STUBBS: In screen
readers. When a person with vision
disabilities uses a computer, they use big synthesis. Many talking books are available with
that. A Mac laptop computer these
days comes with that and you can have it read Word documents, any kind of
document that you have on a Mac.
635
THE CHAIRPERSON: To your
knowledge, has it been trialed at all in a broadcasting milieu at
all?
636
MR. STUBBS: I don't believe
so. I know I've used it on
broadcast programs only as an exercise for myself, but I don't believe any
programs using that have been broadcast.
637
MR. ROTHSCHILD: That's
specifically why we are not sitting here saying here is the solution to the
problem, here is what is going to bring the price down. We think the volume is a much more
natural, much more obvious way that prices will come down.
638
I don't know if the marketplace is ready for synthesized
voice.
639
THE CHAIRPERSON: I'm sure my
colleague, Commissioner Lamarre, will ask this question, but I will go
first.
640
Does this synthesis that is being used right now, these synthesizers,
work equally in both official languages in Canada?
641
MR. STUBBS: Yes. There is no problem with either
one.
642
THE CHAIRPERSON: Okay. We currently have a formula for the use
of described video for certain genres and there has been requests to go beyond
the basic genres that are there today.
643
Can you perhaps give us your expertise and knowledge as to which other
genres would lend themselves readily to described video beyond the ones that we
have currently identified?
644
MR. ROTHSCHILD: Mr.
Chairman, I think that the ones that you have already identified, you know, are
key genres, although given that the statistics show the overwhelming number of
Canadians with vision disabilities tend to be older, it was ‑‑ who is
really benefiting from the children's program being described, the number of
Canadians, is questionable, quite frankly.
645
But certainly with the other genres that you have, they are the ones that
should be described.
646
Then if I just go through the program categories beyond that, you know in
formal education, recreation and leisure could also benefit from description in
some forms, and certainly there may be cases of variety programs or general
entertainment as human interest that could benefit from
it.
647
I think that it comes to what we were talking about both in our written
presentation and our presentation today.
It's hard to understand where the benefit would be to allow description
to qualify as meeting their obligations for news or play‑by‑play
sports.
648
Now, I know this morning there was discussion about the fact with the
CNIB, about wanting to hear stock prices during newscasts. And absolutely there would be a benefit
for that and the Commission has talked about that in previous decisions. It has talked about it as audio
description and has encouraged broadcasters, television broadcasters, to have
audio description when they put graphics on the screen.
649
Certainly that would be a major benefit to news, play‑by‑play sports, if
there was audio description. But
that is not the same as described video which we are talking about here
today.
650
Certainly it would be hard to see that the objective of making the system
more accessible would be met by allowing, for instance, news or play‑by‑play
sports or talk shows or music video clips and the type of things I talked about
in the presentation in‑chief to qualify as categories.
651
It really comes down, Mr. Chairman, to will description make the program
more accessible?
652
If the broadcaster feels that a program won't be made more accessible
with description, fine. Then they
can come in and make that argument.
653
Otherwise, why not describe it?
654
THE CHAIRPERSON: We will be
asking the BDUs to tell us how many of these free set‑top boxes have gone out
there. But do you know at all
offhand to what extent this has actually infiltrated the
marketplace?
655
MR. ROTHSCHILD: I don't know
anybody that's aware of them, Mr. Chairman.
656
I believe, John, you called to try to get one and nobody could tell
us ‑‑ the program wasn't being implemented yet.
657
MR. STUBBS: The CSR that I
spoke to wasn't aware that there were free set‑top boxes
available.
658
THE CHAIRPERSON:
Okay.
659
Mr. Stubbs, in your evidence you talked about a study in 2006 whereby
only 26 per cent of described programs were distributed. That was a 2006
study.
660
Have you had a chance to polish that study up or review it at
all?
661
MR. STUBBS: I haven't done
another study but I have ‑‑ I am a fan of described video. I enjoy listening to
it.
662
In the exercise of trying to pick it up, it has definitely been more
available.
663
The difference has changed in that prior to this time at least they would
announce when a program was described.
Now there seems to be a lack of announcements so it's harder to find
it.
664
MR. ROTHSCHILD: Also what we
found ‑‑ and again, we didn't do another study in preparation for the
hearing, but we did over the past number of weeks do some monitoring to try to
see well, is it out there?
665
It is out there but it was much harder to find than it was in 2006
because it seems to be less prominent in ‑‑ at least two years ago you
seemed to be able to find it in listings.
Now you can't.
666
THE CHAIRPERSON: Is it not
odd that the industry has gone to the trouble to describe video, albeit not to
the extent that people want, and yet they are not marketing it or promoting it
at all? They are spending the
money.
667
MR. ROTHSCHILD: I would
agree, Mr. Chairman, and I'm sure that you'll have a chance to talk about
that with the CAB and its panel when it comes up here. There are representatives of all the
major players there.
668
I don't understand it and, quite frankly, that is why we are here. We came here ‑‑ there is nothing in
this for John and I other than we think that these are interests of public
interest that should be discussed and out in the open like this, because we
don't understand it.
669
THE CHAIRPERSON: Have you
been involved at all in consultations with the various broadcasters or CAB in
this regard at all?
670
MR. ROTHSCHILD: No, we have
not. I mean, we have been
involved ‑‑ I do ongoing work with the national broadcast reading service
and give them advice, but with other broadcasters, no.
671
I have, upon occasion, volunteered my services to the CAB. They have never taken me up on the
offer.
672
THE CHAIRPERSON: Is the
National Broadcast Radio Services a member of CAB?
673
MR. ROTHSCHILD: I believe
they are, as is my company.
674
THE CHAIRPERSON: So you
would be involved in any of their activities or consultations that take place
and you have never seen fit to inject yourself into the
process?
675
MR. ROTHSCHILD: I have never
been invited to be part of the process, Mr. Chairman.
676
THE CHAIRPERSON: Those are
all my questions.
677
My fellow Commissioners?
678
Commissioner Lamarre has a question.
679
COMMISSIONER LAMARRE: Thank
you, Mr. Chair.
680
I wanted to follow up. You
have identified, as well as increasing the amounts of described video, a lot of
the other challenges with accessing the described video that is there today,
just as the conversation just went on about awareness and
promotion.
681
One of the things that interested me in your comments was your reference
to some of the limitations of set‑top boxes and remotes.
682
What I would like to understand, and truly understand because the record
gives little pieces here and there, is from your experience ‑‑ you said you
are users of described video and you are also active in the areas of described
video.
683
Assuming you know that a program is going to be aired in described video,
how difficult would it be for a person with a disability to be able to actually
functionally get there?
684
MR. ROTHSCHILD:
Commissioner, thanks to the Commission's decision to allow the deployment
of the digital set‑top boxes, we have taken a major leap forward in being able
to access the described soundtrack, because the digital set‑top boxes allow you
to access ‑‑ there are a couple of buttons that need to be pressed and you
can activate the SAP.
685
It used to be that every brand of television was different, and it was
all over the map, but now, because of the Commission's decision to allow the
cable operators to deploy the set‑top boxes, with Rogers you have a standard
type of box, and similarly with the other BDUs.
686
In fact, you can call the CSR and they can tell you how to access that
quite readily.
687
It is still a challenge, if you are completely blind, to see the
buttons. It is not a perfect
solution. The perfect solution is
open description, which The Accessible Channel will offer, or which you find on
ExpressVu. They have the virtual
channels with open description.
688
That is the easiest for a person with a vision disability to access, open
description.
689
The digital set‑top boxes have been a leap forward because now there is
consistency in terms of the process to get there. A CSR can help you, and as I said in the
presentation‑in‑chief, if you call for assistance to your cable operator, in
many cases they can actually remotely activate it for you.
690
But it is still not a perfect solution. It is not a one‑button
solution.
691
John spent a long time in the analog world developing a one‑button remote
to access the SAP, and the legislation in the United States that we were
referring to talks about making it simpler, both for captioning and for
description, to have a one‑botton solution.
692
That is a very long‑winded answer, Commissioner, I'm
sorry.
693
It's a lot easier today ‑‑ it's a lot better today than it was two
or three years ago, before the digital set‑top box decision, and when every
television set was different.
694
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: Thank
you. I take your point that it's
better.
695
On the record I read some indications, for example, that every time you
turn a station, if you were to change channels, you are back through it. I don't expect that you want to call the
CSR every time you want to turn a channel.
696
Or, for example, in a household, which I believe is quite common, where
you have a household of people that are ‑‑ you know, not everybody is
lacking sight, so you are sharing it and, once again, you can't turn it to that
and have it there forever.
697
MR. ROTHSCHILD:
Commissioner, if this is my opportunity to share with you what I think
would be a better solution, I think that a better solution might be to say that,
for instance, the cable operator should have a standard CTV/Canwest/Rogers or
CBC feed ‑‑ the standard feed, and they should also have an alternate feed
with open description, and that could be simulcast at the same time as the
standard feed.
698
It would be similar to what ExpressVu has done with having virtual
channels, but this would actually be at the same time as the normal CTV feed in
Toronto is being fed to Toronto area customers ‑‑ you could have a CTV
version and an alternate version with open description.
699
That would be one way to handle the main four conventional signals in a
marketplace.
700
With speciality, if you wanted to do it, you could say to the specialty
stations ‑‑ most of them are on a six‑hour wheel ‑‑ say that one of
the wheel plays should be a play with open description.
701
That is just a setting in the video server for when it plays
out.
702
It wouldn't cost anything extra to the broadcaster to do this. It would mean that there would be open
description for the four main over‑the‑air networks. It would mean that there would be an
open play per day for the specialties.
There is an alternative.
703
Another alternative is what we have talked about with having to
manipulate ‑‑ to make your way through the set‑top box remote control. Though it is much better than it used to
be, as we said, it is not a perfect solution.
704
Or, call a customer service representative. But, again, it's not a perfect
solution.
705
I would argue that it's an evolutionary process, but the idea of having
an alternate version of the main four networks would certainly help to resolve
this in a major way.
706
I know that the Commission's decision on BDU regs ‑‑ you were
talking about eliminating the mirroring, the obligation to mirror the analog in
digital. There are going to be a
lot of channels freed up; perhaps four could be dedicated to an alternate
version with open description for the four main networks.
707
All we are trying to do is offer some creative solutions, Commissioner,
they are not perfect solutions.
708
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: Thank
you for that. I have just one more
question on it.
709
You referenced the legislation in the States and your expectation that,
should that pass, the result would be some resolution, I guess, by equipment
manufacturers of these problems.
710
Is that what you meant by that?
711
MR. ROTHSCHILD: I
did.
712
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: So is
that an option, as well?
713
MR. ROTHSCHILD: Absolutely,
and thank you for making sure that I got that back on the
record.
714
Absolutely, that is definitely another step toward resolving
it.
715
But, again, it will be an evolution, because we know that BDUs have quite
an investment in the current generation of set‑top boxes. So it will be an evolution to the next
generation of set‑top boxes.
716
I think, again, it needs creative thinking to come up with measures that
get us through, as we evolve toward a time when the set‑top boxes have resolved
the issue, toward a time when American broadcasters are producing first‑run
programming with description, to when other foreign programming is available
with description.
717
We have to move forward.
That's why I come back to saying that the one thing we can control are
Canadian programs and the promotion of those programs.
718
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: Thank
you, those are my
questions.
719
THE CHAIRPERSON: I look
forward to hearing the response from the industry to your proposal this
afternoon.
720
Commissioner Lamarre.
721
COMMISSIONER LAMARRE: Thank
you, Mr. Chairman.
722
First off, you talked about four competing players, as far as producing
descriptive video is concerned. Is
that for the English market only, or are you including producers in the French
market?
723
MR. ROTHSCHILD: I was
referring to the English‑language market, Commissioner.
724
COMMISSIONER LAMARRE: So the
comparison regarding the expenses, based on the $1,500 per hour rate, is for the
English market also.
725
MR. ROTHSCHILD: My
understanding is that some of the ‑‑ at least two of the four that I talked
about are prepared and willing to produce in French, and at those
rates.
726
You would have to talk to them about that to confirm that, but that's my
understanding.
727
COMMISSIONER LAMARRE: If I
understand correctly, your consulting effort, as far as descriptive video is
concerned, is mainly targeted at the English market in Canada, so
far.
728
MR. ROTHSCHILD: That's
correct, Commissioner.
729
COMMISSIONER LAMARRE: Are
you aware of an equivalent French Stubbs/Rotschild pair somewhere in
Quebec?
‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires
730
MR. ROTSCHILD: No, we are
not.
731
COMMISSIONER LAMARRE: You
are not.
Okay.
732
Now, my next question ‑‑ I am not sure that it's a fair question to
ask you, so don't be shy to tell me if you think I shouldn't be asking
it.
733
You referenced the one‑botton remote for descriptive video ‑‑ and,
Mr. Stubbs, you were actually working on it at some point, so maybe it is a fair
question.
734
I do make note ‑‑ and thank you for providing the information about
the legislation in the U.S., but, quite frankly, I am not sure that I want to
bet my money on U.S. legislation.
735
Let's assume for the moment that this legislation will not go through and
that we are faced with the current situation. What I am wondering is, in your
experience in exchanges with equipment providers, what is the issue about
getting a remote with just this one button for descriptive
video?
736
I realize that a lot of people often talk about the fact that the
Canadian market is smaller than the U.S. market. Agreed. But, at the same time, the Norwegian
market is much smaller than the U.K. market; nonetheless, you can find in
Norwegia equipment that has Norwegian specified
features.
737
Do you have a sense of how much the number really is an issue, or is it
just an issue of stating the requirement in an RFP, and, basically, boldly
asking for it?
738
MR. ROTHSCHILD:
Commissioner, it is a difficult question for us to answer. I take your point, it seems that there
are smaller markets that can specify their needs and have equipment developed to
meet their needs.
739
That said, and I said it again in the presentation‑in‑chief, it's a
question of resolve. If someone
tells BDUs here that they need to make that part of the specifications, then
they can probably make it happen.
740
But, clearly, there hasn't been sufficient demand on a worldwide basis to
see it happen anywhere to date.
741
We haven't seen it anywhere.
It's not just Canada, it's anywhere.
742
Perhaps I am more of an optimist than you, Commissioner, but I am
optimistic that in the United States we will see some progress. I take heart in the fact that the
legislation was originally introduced during the Bush era, and now we move into
a different era, where we think there may be more receptiveness to that type of
social legislation and that it is going forward.
743
Let's hope that if the Americans do it, then it will prime the pump and
there will be a volume demand on a global basis, and we will certainly have it
here in Canada.
744
But if it's within the Commission's jurisdiction to tell BDUs that they
should make it part of their parameters, that could be another part of the
process to make it happen.
745
COMMISSIONER LAMARRE:
Okay. Thank you for your
response.
746
And I stand corrected, I should have said "Norway", not "Norwegia". Sorry about that.
747
THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank
you.
748
Commissioner Denton.
749
COMMISSIONER DENTON: Mr.
Rothschild, good afternoon. In
contra‑distinction to the CAB, you say that there is no merit to the argument
that bandwidth constraints are a real obstacle to the distribution of described
programs.
750
Would either of you please elaborate on that?
751
MR. ROTHSCHILD:
Commissioner, the bandwidth is available. There is
bandwidth.
752
How much bandwidth is required for the description soundtrack? You can put many description soundtracks
into the amount of bandwidth that it takes for a single
channel.
753
Now that the Commission has already decided that BDUs will no longer have
to mirror ‑‑ what is it, roughly 100 channels from analog that they have
today on digital?
754
There is bandwidth today.
755
If there is a desire to put a new service on, the bandwidth is
found.
756
In fact, every one of the digital channels today has that capability
already there, Commissioner. We
were talking with Commissioner Molnar about that. It's right there already as an alternate
language feature. The soundtrack is
there. It is already built into the
system they had, Commissioner.
757
That's why I say that it's not a real argument.
758
COMMISSIONER DENTON: And not
being a real argument; therefore, you don't think ‑‑ there is no validity
to that claim.
759
Is that correct?
760
MR. ROTHSCHILD: That's
correct.
761
COMMISSIONER DENTON: Thank
you.
762
Now, the second point that you were making, or the argument, was that the
cost is a real obstacle. I invite
you to elaborate on why you don't believe that the cost is a real obstacle,
because these are important matters for us to determine the practicality of
whatever might emerge.
763
MR. ROTHSCHILD: Commissioner, I go back to what I was
talking about with the Chairman a little while ago, in terms of saying: What is the cost in terms of the overall
spend on programming that the over‑the‑air broadcasters are
spending?
764
What is the cost as a percentage of Canadian programming
spending?
765
What is the cost in terms of Canadian and foreign
spending?
766
What is the cost against a measure of their
revenue?
767
Again, by any one of those measures, I think you will find that it is
less than 1 percent, on an annualized basis, against what they are
spending.
768
And if it's less than 1 percent, in my experience, that is not a material
cost.
769
That's why I said that it was without merit. When you are talking that type of
percentage, Mr. Chairman ‑‑ or Commissioner ‑‑ I say that it's
definitely a realistic expense and the type of money they can
afford.
770
COMMISSIONER DENTON: Thank
you for the elevation of my rank.
‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires
771
COMMISSIONER DENTON: That
completes my questions. Thank
you.
772
THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank
you.
773
I would ask Legal if they have any questions.
774
They do.
775
MS POPE: I have one
question, thank you.
776
Do you have any comments on the value of audio EPGs for Bell ExpressVu to
announce described video programming?
777
We would like to hear your views on that.
778
MR. ROTHSCHILD: I'm sorry, I
am not sure that I understood the question.
779
MS POPE: The audio
EPG ‑‑
780
MR. ROTHSCHILD:
Yes.
781
MS POPE: We would like to
have your views on that.
782
MR. ROTHSCHILD: We think
it's a good thing.
783
MR. STUBBS: It's great. It gives you an audio rundown of the
schedule of programs that are available with description.
784
One of the difficulties that I experienced with that was that it's not
synchronized, so what you are seeing on the screen has no relationship to what
you are listening to.
785
So if you have low vision, it becomes very confusing. And if you are fully sighted, it's very
confusing trying to figure out ‑‑ what are they talking about? Is it that show or ‑‑ because there
is no relationship between the two.
786
MR. ROTHSCHILD: The notion
of doing it is a good thing. The
way it's being done could be improved.
787
THE CHAIRPERSON: We have one
more follow‑up question from Commissioner Denton.
788
COMMISSIONER DENTON: From my
notes, I heard you make the bold claim in relation to ‑‑ you said something
to the effect that a better solution is that the cable operator should have a
standard feed, and then have an alternative feed with open description broadcast
at the same time for the main four networks.
789
That is roughly what I heard you say.
790
And then you made the claim that it costs nothing extra to the
broadcaster to do this.
791
Can you justify that statement, please?
792
MR. ROTHSCHILD: It's a
simulcast of the feed that they are already putting out with open
description.
793
Does it constitute another window, if that's what you are
asking?
794
I don't anticipate that there is any extra ‑‑ it wouldn't cost an
extra window. It is already being
done on ExpressVu.
795
What I am describing has been going on for five years on ExpressVu,
Commissioner. The only difference
is that ExpressVu does it as a virtual channel. You go to the channel and find the
simulcast on ExpressVu today.
796
I am suggesting, why not have the whole feed of CTV or Canwest or CBC
simulcast, as opposed to having to go to a virtual channel just to find the
individual shows that are simulcast.
797
It would be simpler ‑‑ it would make it easier for a person with
vision disabilities to find the feed and know where it is.
798
COMMISSIONER DENTON: Thank
you, that puts it on the record.
799
THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you
very much, Mr. Stubbs and Mr. Rothschild.
That concludes this portion of the presentation.
800
Madam Secretary, why don't you introduce the next panel, and we will take
a five‑minute recess while they get up to the table.
801
LA SECRÉTAIRE : Je demanderais maintenant au panel numéro 4, Quebecor
Media inc., au nom de Vidéotron ltée et de Groupe TVA, de procéder à la table de
présentation.
Merci.
‑‑‑ Upon recessing at 1408 / Suspension à
1408
‑‑‑ Upon resuming at 1413 / Reprise à
1413
802
LA SECRÉTAIRE : Nous allons procéder avec Quebecor Media inc. Veuillez vous présenter. Vous avez 15 minutes pour votre
présentation.
PRÉSENTATION /
PRESENTATION
803
M. TRÉPANIER : Merci.
804
Je suis le président du comité d'audition. Mesdames, messieurs les conseillers et
membres du personnel du Conseil, mon nom est Édouard Trépanier. Je suis vice‑président, Affaires
réglementaires, et mon collègue est Dennis Béland, directeur, Affaires
réglementaires télécommunications, tous deux de Quebecor
Media.
805
Notre entreprise contrôle TVA, le réseau de télévision privé le plus
regardé au Québec, et Vidéotron, une entreprise qui offre un ensemble de
services de télécommunication et de distribution de radiodiffusion au
Québec.
806
Nous avons un historique de collaboration avec les associations de
personnes handicapées, ce qui nous a permis d'innover dans le passé, avec la
création d'un décodeur analogique qui intégrait des fonctions de réception de
sous‑titrage pour malentendants et avec la mise au point d'un logiciel de
reconnaissance de la voix permettant à TVA de sous‑titres des émissions en
direct.
807
Par ailleurs, probablement à cause d'efforts considérables mis à
transformer Vidéotron en une entreprise concurrentielle qui offre au public une
cinquantaine de forfaits et de services de communication, nous constatons que
nous n'avons pas revu récemment nos pratiques de services aux personnes
handicapées.
808
Nous nous présentons donc devant vous aujourd'hui sans prétention quant
aux services que nous offrons aux personnes handicapées. D'ailleurs, nous remercions le Conseil
d'avoir lancé la présente instance car il s'agit d'une excellente occasion de
faire un examen en profondeur des services que nous offrons à ce segment de la
clientèle.
809
Nous sommes fiers de la qualité de notre service... excusez‑moi. Nous sommes fiers de la qualité du
service que nous offrons à la clientèle, et nous croyons que...
excusez‑moi.
810
Cela dit, il reste place... il y avait un manque dans mon texte ici. Cela dit, il reste place à
l'amélioration. Nous y travaillons
et nous allons continuer d'y travailler.
Évidemment, avec plus de 10 000 appels par jour, il arrive
occasionnellement que certaines histoires d'horreurs se rendent à nos
oreilles. Ça arrive encore, même si
on croit qu'on a l'un des meilleurs services à la clientèle dans
l'industrie. Nous ne laissons
jamais ces cas sans correction et nous avons même une unité de gens dédiés à des
actions correctives.
811
Chers membres du Conseil, le service à la clientèle de Vidéotron n'est
pas encore parfait, mais nous croyons avoir l'un des meilleurs dans l'industrie
des communications.
812
Dennis.
813
M. BÉLAND : De façon plus particulière, nous offrons des services dédiés
aux personnes handicapées : vidéodescription, sous‑titrage, service de relais
téléphonique, service 411 gratuit pour clients désignés, factures et autres
documents en média substitut.
814
Est‑ce exceptionnel?
Non. Est‑ce supérieurs aux
autres entreprises canadiennes?
Probablement pas.
815
C'est pourquoi nous allons profiter de l'instance en cours pour mieux
comprendre les besoins, pour nous rapprocher des associations de personnes
handicapées, et pour préparer les assises d'une consultation plus formelle avec
les divers groupes d'intérêts afin de pouvoir servir ce segment du public et de
notre clientèle de la meilleure façon possible.
816
Nous nous présentons devant vous avec une grande ouverture et nous sommes
certains que nous allons apprendre beaucoup au cours des prochains
jours.
817
Suite à ce processus public du Conseil, nous nous engageons à initier une
démarche de collaboration avec les associations québécoises concernées, de façon
à préciser les services que nous pouvons offrir et à établir un plan de mise en
oeuvre. En collaboration avec
l'industrie canadienne de la radiodiffusion et des télécommunications, nous
pourrions déposer notre plan d'action au Conseil, si
désiré.
818
Grâce à la concurrence que les entreprises se livrent, nous voulons
devenir un exemple parmi les entreprises de télécommunication et de
radiodiffusion des pays industrialisés.
819
Nous vous remercions de l'attention portée à nos propos et nous sommes
disposés à répondre à vos questions.
820
LE PRÉSIDENT : Merci.
821
Nous commençons nos questions avec Conseillère
Lamarre.
822
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Bonjour, Monsieur Trépanier, Monsieur
Béland.
823
Ce que je vais vous dire en introduction, je ne sais pas si vous allez
trouver que c'est une bonne ou une mauvaise nouvelle. J'apprécie que votre présentation a été
aussi courte parce que, à l'image de l'ampleur des activités de Quebecor, on a
beaucoup de terrain à couvrir avec les questions pour la première partie de
l'après‑midi.
824
Alors, je vais, donc, aborder les différents sujets dans l'ordre qui
m'apparaît le plus logique, compte tenu qu'il y a parfois des chevauchements
entre les sujets. Donc, c'est
possible que, dans le cadre de vos réponses, je vous demande, à l'occasion, de
réserver cette partie‑là de la réponse pour un peu plus tard. Ça ne devrait pas arriver trop souvent,
mais si ça arrive, n'en soyez pas vexé, et je vais prendre des notes, et vous
aussi, j'en suis certaine, on n'oubliera rien.
825
Alors, en premier, je vais vous poser des questions sur ce qui est
intimement lié à la production et la diffusion du contenu, soit le sous‑titrage
et la vidéodescription. Ensuite, on
va aborder le volet de la distribution terrestre, les programmes de
radiodiffusion par Vidéotron.
Finalement, on va examiner les sujets liés aux services de
télécommunication qui sont fournis par Vidéotron.
826
Dans le cadre de mes questions, je ferai quelquefois référence à vos deux
soumissions. Je vais quand même
prendre soin de citer le passage auquel je fais référence, mais je vous suggère
de les avoir sous la main, si ce n'est pas déjà fait.
827
Monsieur Trépanier, je vais vous adresser au départ mes questions
directement, mais si vous voyez que monsieur Béland peut être la victime
désignée pour répondre, eh bien, vous le désignerez.
828
Alors, allons‑y avec le sous‑titrage. J'aurais besoin de quelques précisions
en ce qui concerne les données que vous nous avez fournies dans votre soumission
du 10 juillet.
829
En haut de la page 3, en réponse à notre question au sujet de nombre de
plaintes reçues en ce qui concerne la qualité du sous‑titrage, vous répondez que
du 5 janvier 2004 au 16 juin 2008, donc, sur une période d'à peu près quatre ans
et demi, vous avez reçu 300 plaintes, et que, de ce nombre, 284 étaient pour la
chaîne généraliste, et 16 étaient pour Prise 2 et Mystère, pris
ensemble.
830
Où se trouve LCN? Est‑ce que
ça fait partie de la chaîne généraliste ou c'est seulement TVA la chaîne
généraliste?
831
M. TRÉPANIER : Il s'agit d'une question très précise sur une de nos
chaînes, et, malheureusement, je n'ai pas la réponse ‑‑ ça commence
bien ‑‑ mais je peux certainement la fournir après
l'audience.
832
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Oui, il n'y a aucun problème.
833
À ce moment‑là, si, effectivement, les 300 plaintes, ça inclut TVA et
LCN, si c'était possible de les ventiler, ça serait utile, compte tenu que la
programmation de LCN est principalement en direct, si pas totalement. Je ne l'écoute pas nécessairement au
milieu de la nuit, mais, en tout cas, vous le savez mieux que
moi.
834
Sur le total des 300 plaintes, en quatre ans et demi ‑‑ j'ai fait le
calcul, s'il vous plaît, fiez‑vous à moi ‑‑ 61 pour cent des plaintes ont
eu lieu en 2007 et 20 pour cent des plaintes dans la première moitié de
2007.
835
Est‑ce que l'augmentation du nombre de plaintes entre 2006 et 2007, ça
correspond avec le moment de la mise en opération de votre système basé sur la
reconnaissance vocale?
836
M. TRÉPANIER : Tout à fait!
Vous avez l'explication.
C'est une accentuation... il y avait eu des tests jusque là, mais c'est
l'accentuation, en terme d'une grande quantité de programmation, de
l'utilisation de la reconnaissance de la voix.
837
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : O.K.
Et je suis consciente que notre question au niveau des données sur les
plaintes portait jusqu'à, en fait, fin 2007. Vous avez pris la peine de nous fournir
le début de 2008.
838
Quand vous chercherez la réponse à ma première question, est‑ce que vous
pouvez aussi essayer de nous fournir des données pour la deuxième moitié de 2008
peut‑être jusqu'à présent, parce que moi, ce que je m'attends à voir, au fond,
c'est une amélioration, parce qu'on la voit déjà là entre 2007 et le début de
2008. Alors, je veux m'assurer que
ça continue bien dans ce sens‑là.
839
M. TRÉPANIER : Ce sera fait.
840
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Merci beaucoup.
841
Outre le nombre de plaintes de vos téléspectateurs, quel autre mécanisme
de contrôle de qualité est‑ce que vous avez mis en place pour le
sous‑titrage?
842
M. TRÉPANIER : Mais d'abord, il faut faire la distinction entre le
sous‑titrage qui est fait en post‑production ‑‑ généralement, ce sont des
émissions qui arrivent chez TVA pour diffusion avec le sous‑titrage ‑‑ et
le sous‑titrage fait en direct.
843
Dans le sous‑titrage de post‑production qui arrive tout fait, je ne crois
pas qu'on ait de contrôle de qualité, mais je ne crois pas qu'on ait non plus de
plainte à cet égard‑là.
844
Dans le sous‑titrage fait en direct par reconnaissance de la voix, il
s'agit d'un système qui est en amélioration constante dans ce sens que les
appareils qui reconnaissent la voix doivent s'habituer, d'abord, aux personnes
qui répètent ce qui est dit à l'écran, parce que chaque personne a un accent,
chaque personne a une voix distincte et des sonorités, des phonèmes distincts,
et il faut que l'appareil puisse s'habituer à cette personne‑là,
d'abord.
845
Ensuite, il faut meubler le dictionnaire qui permet à l'appareil de
reconnaître les mots et de les traduire en mots écrits, et lorsque l'on débute
dans un nouveau domaine, comme, par exemple, lorsque TVA a lancé la chaîne
Argent, il fallait meubler le dictionnaire de termes financiers et
économiques. Alors, au départ, la
qualité est moins bonne, et elle s'améliore constamment.
846
Maintenant, est‑ce que votre question est à l'effet qu'un autre groupe
derrière contrôle la qualité? Non,
il n'y a pas d'autre groupe qui contrôle la qualité. Il n'y a que les personnes qui font le
sous‑titrage qui tentent de l'améliorer constamment.
847
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE:
O.K. J'insiste parce que
dans l'ensemble des soumissions qui ont été faites, c'est un... disons un
reproche qui revient vis à vis des radiodiffuseurs, de la part des gens qui se
servent du sous‑titrage pour suivre une émission, à l'effet qu'ils ont parfois
l'impression que sans les plaintes, il n'y a pas de vérification qui serait
faite.
848
Alors, je me demande si, au niveau par exemple de la régie centrale, vous
avez des moniteurs qui vous montrent comment le signal est, avant de se rendre
dans la chaîne de distribution.
Est‑ce qu'il y a certains moniteurs qui ne sont pas syntonisés pour,
justement, montrer le sous‑titrage à mesure qu'il se rend dans la partie
distribution, passé votre production?
849
M. TRÉPANIER: Il faudrait
que je vérifie exactement comment ça fonctionne au centre de mise en ondes, mais
ce que je crois qu'il se passe, c'est qu'il y a des moniteurs qui montrent le
sous‑titrage et on s'assure de la présence du sous‑titrage. Mais quant à la qualité, compte tenu du
travail que ces gens‑là ont à faire, je suis convaincu qu'il n'y a personne qui
fait un contrôle de qualité lors de la mise en ondes.
850
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Et
j'apprécie que vous fassiez la distinction que vous venez de faire entre,
justement, la présence du sous‑titrage et la qualité du
contenu.
851
Est‑ce que cette question‑là de surveillance de la présence du
sous‑titrage...? Est‑ce que je peux
présumer que cette mesure de contrôle‑là, qui est aussi une mesure de contrôle
de qualité, mais... disons, quantitative, en ce sens qu'on vérifie s'il est bien
là...?
852
Est‑ce que c'est une mesure de surveillance qui existe sur toutes vos
chaînes et qui existe aussi pour Sun TV à Toronto?
853
M. TRÉPANIER: Oui, tout à
fait. Sur toutes les chaînes de TVA
et de Sun TV.
854
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Au
sujet de Sun TV, encore, toujours à la page 3 de votre soumission, vous
mentionnez que suite à de l'information reçue quant à l'interruption du
sous‑titrage au cours d'un programme, vous avez identifié le problème technique,
vous l'avez corrigé et ensuite, vous aviez informé le téléspectateur des
horaires de rediffusion avec sous‑titrage des programmes. Et c'est
excellent.
855
Et ça soulève deux questions dans mon esprit. La première, c'est de l'information au
sujet de la rediffusion quand il y a eu un manque pendant la diffusion
originale. Est‑ce que vous
transmettez cette information‑là seulement à ceux qui vous ont contacté ou
est‑ce que c'est publicisé un petit peu plus, soit sur votre site Web ou par des
autopublicités dans le cadre de votre programmation
régulière?
856
M. TRÉPANIER: Ce n'est pas
publicisé autrement que: on
recontacte la personne qui s'est plainte du problème et il arrive
exceptionnellement que ça soit mis sur le site Web. Mais si la rediffusion a lieu à très
court terme, à ce moment‑là, ce n'est pas sur le site Web.
857
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Ce
n'est pas sur le site Web. Et
pensez‑vous qu'il y aurait peut‑être un mérite à considérer publiciser un petit
peu plus cette information‑là parce que traditionnellement, ce n'est pas tous
les gens qui sont incommodés qui vont se plaindre
nécessairement?
858
M. TRÉPANIER: Tout à
fait. Et vous avez eu des échanges
jusqu'ici concernant les guides électroniques et certainement que ce serait une
bonne façon si...
859
Bien le sous‑titrage est déjà là, mais pour la vidéodescription, ce
serait une bonne façon de le faire savoir, lorsqu'il y a eu un problème
technique et qu'il y a eu un problème de diffusion. Alors, lors de la reprise, les personnes
pourraient consulter le guide et voir que l'émission sera rediffusée avec
sous‑titrage et/ou vidéodescription.
860
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: La
deuxième question que je me pose c'est:
Comment vous définissez une plainte?
861
Et là, je m'excuse, le préambule va être un petit peu long parce que j'ai
ressorti plusieurs éléments de vos soumissions et je vous fais la synthèse
ici. Et ce n'est pas anodin comme
concept, alors je veux prendre le temps.
862
Dans vos commentaires au sujet de Sun TV, vous mentionnez que vous n'avez
reçu aucune plainte formelle de 2004 à 2007, mais clairement, vous faites état
d'un cas où quelqu'un s'est plaint et a obtenu satisfaction parce que le
problème a été corrigé. Et c'est
clair que dans ce cas‑là, étant donné que la personne a été recontactée, vous
aviez ses coordonnées, vous aviez son nom.
863
Alors, juste avec cet élément‑là, moi, je me demande: Si ça, ce n'est pas suffisant pour être
une plainte formelle, qu'est‑ce que ça prend?
864
Et, ailleurs dans votre soumission, au sujet de TVA, à la page 9
(toujours votre soumission du mois de juillet), vous dites que vous répondez
systématiquement par courriel aux plaintes reçues. Alors là, moi, je me demande s'il y a
seulement les plaintes par courriel qui sont des plaintes formelles et
j'aimerais que vous éclaircissiez tout ça pour le bénéfice de tout le monde ici,
s'il vous plaît.
865
M. TRÉPANIER: Bien, d'abord,
je vous rassure que ce n'est pas seulement les plaintes écrites reçues par
courriel qu'on appelle des plaintes, mais je suis obligé d'avouer avec vous que
le mot plainte n'a pas la même signification pour tous et c'est peut‑être
différent à TVA, à Sun TV, à Vidéotron.
866
De façon générale, une plainte, c'est un commentaire concernant quelque
chose qui peut être amélioré, qui peut être changé, qui aurait dû être fait et
bien fait et qui ne l'a pas été.
Alors que quelqu'un qui appelle pour dire par
exemple...
867
Et là, l'exemple qui me vient à l'esprit, ne s'applique pas en
télévision.
868
...mais dire que le tarif est trop élevé. On ne compte pas ça comme une plainte,
on compte ça comme un commentaire parce que c'est le tarif pour tout le
monde. Bon, les gens peuvent le
trouver trop élevé, mais est‑ce que c'est véritablement une plainte ou un
commentaire? Nous, on le calcule
comme étant un commentaire.
869
Donc, lorsqu'on peut améliorer la chose, notamment pour la personne qui
se plaint, c'est une plainte.
870
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Mais à
ce moment‑là, est‑ce que vous tenez compte seulement des améliorations à court
terme?
871
Parce que dans la question du sous‑titrage, présentement,
maintenant ‑‑ surtout que vous avez changé de technologie et vous êtes en
période de rodage, si je peux me permettre (vous n'êtes plus en période de test,
mais vous êtes en période où vous formez les gens, encore, où comme vous le
mentionniez, vous travaillez à meubler les différents dictionnaires pour les
différentes chaînes et tout) est‑ce que tout commentaire concernant la qualité
du sous‑titrage ou son absence, ça ne devrait pas être considéré comme une
plainte?
872
M. TRÉPANIER: Vous me posez
une question précise sur le sous‑titrage de TVA et sincèrement, il faudrait que
j'essaie d'identifier avec eux l'endroit où ils tracent la ligne entre une
plainte et un commentaire. Mais si
vous voulez, c'est un renseignement que je pourrais fournir après
l'audience.
873
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Oui,
s'il vous plaît.
874
Donc, maintenant on a surtout parlé du passé. Là, on va parler plus de l'avenir. Vous êtes membre du groupe de travail de
l'ACR sur le sous‑titrage? Oui,
toujours?
875
M. TRÉPANIER: On l'a été,
oui.
876
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Vous
l'avez été. Vous ne l'êtes
plus?
877
M. TRÉPANIER: C'est bien ça,
depuis notre démission de l'ACR.
878
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Et, à
ce moment‑là, est‑ce que c'est pour ça que vous précisez dans votre présentation
que vous allez mettre en place...
879
Attendez, je retrouve la page...
Vous voulez mettre en place un groupe de consultation avec les groupes
représentant les personnes handicapées et que vous seriez prêt, même, à déposer
votre plan d'action auprès du Conseil à ce sujet‑là.
880
M. TRÉPANIER: Non, il n'y a
pas de lien entre les deux.
881
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE:
Non?
882
M. TRÉPANIER: Je crois qu'à
l'heure actuelle, on est encore en train de discuter avec l'ACR de comment les
arrangements vont être faits.
883
Je suis convaincu que si des comités de travail nous demandent de
collaborer, nous allons le faire avec plaisir.
884
Le commentaire que nous avons fait est un commentaire d'ordre général qui
couvre des questions peut‑être plus pointues dans le domaine des
télécommunications où nous sommes prêts, effectivement, à collaborer
spécifiquement avec des groupes de personnes handicapées du Québec et de
collaborer aussi, évidemment, avec le reste de l'industrie dans le
pays.
885
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE:
Maintenant, vous savez, étant donné que vous étiez partie à ce groupe‑là,
que l'ACR devra remettre prochainement le rapport de son groupe de travail et on
s'attend à ce qu'il décrive dans ce rapport‑là une nouvelle norme pour le
sous‑titrage, une norme qu'on voudra universelle.
886
Selon vous, est‑ce que le Conseil devrait exiger des radiodiffuseurs, une
fois que la norme aura été établie, et que l'ensemble des intervenants se seront
mis d'accord sur la norme, est‑ce qu'on devrait exiger par condition de licence
que les radiodiffuseurs adhèrent à cette nouvelle
norme‑là?
887
M. TRÉPANIER: Écoutez, à
chaque fois que vous posez la question à un titulaire de licence: Est‑ce qu'il voudrait avoir une
condition de licence supplémentaire, la réponse, je le sais que c'est toujours
* Bien, on en a déjà beaucoup
+. Mais il y a eu quand même, même si
récemment, nous nous sommes retirés de l'ACR, il y a eu quand même collaboration
de TVA avec L'ACR et je suis convaincu qu'il n'y aura pas de surprise majeure
dans le rapport de l'ACR.
888
Et s'il y a des normes nationales qui sont établies en anglais et en
français, je suis à peu près certain, sans les avoir lues, mais je suis à peu
près certain que ce seront des normes acceptables pour
TVA.
889
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: On a
parlé un peu plus tôt des moyens qui sont présentement en place pour détecter la
présence ou non du sous‑titrage et les moyens qui sont présentement aussi en
place pour vous, pour corriger les erreurs au niveau de la production de
sous‑titrage, surtout en direct, avec la technologie de reconnaissance
vocale.
890
Dans son mémoire, le RQST a proposé qu'une mesure de la qualité du
sous‑titrage soit établie en comptant le taux d'erreur dans le
sous‑titrage. Et j'aimerais
connaître votre opinion à ce sujet‑là à plusieurs niveaux.
891
Et il y a trois volets à cette question‑là, c'est: comment on définirait une erreur,
comment on les identifierait et qu'est‑ce que ça impliquerait en termes de
ressources pour mettre un tel système de surveillance en
place?
892
M. TRÉPANIER: Donc, en
premier lieu, ça serait difficile...
C'est sûr que bon, le groupe (la ressource, maintenant au lieu du
regroupement) essaie de mettre en place quelque chose qui se calcule et c'est
toujours plus facile pour le régulateur aussi d'avoir des normes qui se
calculent. Mais la qualité, c'est
quelque chose de difficile à calculer.
893
Et dans le domaine de la reconnaissance de la voix, donc, pour les
émissions en direct, la toute dernière chaîne lancée par TVA et qui s'appelle...
sur le bricolage...
894
Le nom m'échappe à l'heure actuelle ‑‑ je ne l'ai pas écoutée
suffisamment souvent.
895
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE:
* Les idées de ma maison +?
896
M. TRÉPANIER: * Les idées de ma maison +, vous avez
raison.
897
... va avoir un taux d'erreur immensément plus grand que les nouvelles à
l'antenne principale de TVA ou à LCN parce qu'il s'agit d'un nouveau vocabulaire
et ça va prendre un certain temps avant que les termes soient reconnus avec une
certaine exactitude par les fameux dictionnaires de la reconnaissance
vocale.
898
Alors, est‑ce qu'on devrait avoir une mesure de ce type‑là? Il me semble que ça peut être pratique,
mais que le Conseil nous oblige de respecter certains niveaux, je pense que ça
serait excessivement lourd et peut‑être
non‑pratique.
899
Et là, j'ai certainement oublié la deuxième ou la troisième partie de
votre question.
900
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Bien,
en fait, vous avez répondu de façon intégrée, alors, ça doit être une qualité
qui vous sert bien chez Quebecor Media d'arriver à tout synthétiser comme
ça.
901
Vous m'avez en fait, même, tendu une perche pour ma prochaine question
qui serait de savoir : Si on
choisissait (présumons que le choix a été fait) d'établir qu'un taux d'erreur
cible devrait être atteint (évidemment, un taux d'erreur qu'on veut bas) la
question qu'on se demanderait c'est si on devrait avoir des taux différents
selon les technologies qui sont employées par le
diffuseur.
902
Et je crois que ce que j'ai entendu, moi, dans votre réponse, c'était que
compte tenu d'une technologie qui est utilisée, il peut avoir, dans le cas du
développement d'un nouveau service, une période d'adaptation qui soit nécessaire
aussi.
903
M. TRÉPANIER: Oui. Et là, jusqu'ici, bien, c'était... Ma réponse était dans le sens du
sous‑titrage en direct. C'est autre
dans le sous‑titrage en post‑production.
904
Maintenant, j'ai entendu ce matin que * erreur +...
905
Puis on peut parler de fautes d'orthographe ‑‑ et j'imagine que ça,
ça se contrôle jusqu'à un certain point.
906
...les erreurs de compréhension peuvent être plus difficiles à détecter
et je me demande dans ce cas‑là comment on pourrait... J'imagine que ça prendrait un débat sur
chaque cas. Est‑ce que le
sous‑titrage a été fait de façon tout à fait consciente du sujet dont on
parlait? Et certains sujets peuvent
être assez complexes. Alors,
c'est...
907
Même la définition d'erreur ne m'apparaît pas une chose
facile.
908
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: C'est
en 2007 que vous avez mis en opération votre système de sous‑titrage basé sur la
reconnaissance vocale. Auparavant,
vous utilisiez donc la technologie par sténographie?
909
M. TRÉPANIER: Probablement,
mais savez vous, je ne sais pas.
910
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Non, à
ce moment‑là... Je voulais profiter
de votre expérience, de votre connaissance des deux technologies pour avoir des
commentaires comparatifs, mais...
911
M. TRÉPANIER: Bien, la
comparaison... C'est sûr que la
reconnaissance de la voix est de beaucoup supérieure parce que la sténographie
est un domaine tout à fait spécialisé.
Il y a très peu de francophones qui la font et c'est de moins en moins
utilisé dans les cours.
912
Donc, de moins en moins d'expertise existe et c'est la raison pour
laquelle TVA a choisi de s'associer au CRIM, qui est un organisme montréalais de
développement des technologies pour créer un logiciel de reconnaissance vocale
puisque la sténographie allait disparaître. Maintenant, est‑ce que TVA l'a utilisé,
la sténographie, il y a quelques années?
Je ne sais pas.
913
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Dans
les conditions de licence présentement établies par le Conseil, la majorité des
licences prévoit un sous‑titrage qui va jusqu'à 100 pour cent des programmes et
si ce n'est pas prévu actuellement, c'est prévu quand même à assez brève
échéance.
914
Maintenant, lorsqu'on dit 100 pour cent, on fait tous un abus de langage
parce qu'il s'agit bien de 100 pour cent de la journée de radiodiffusion et
qu'une journée de radiodiffusion, elle a moins de 24
heures.
915
Et peut‑être que vous ne pourrez pas me donner la réponse tout de suite,
mais... et peut‑être que vous pourrez me donner l'estimation un peu plus tard,
mais est‑ce qu'on peut estimer ce que ça représenterait en terme d'incrément aux
ressources présentement dédiées au sous‑titrage pour arriver à aller chercher
vraiment le 100 pour cent de tout ce qui est diffusé comme étant
sous‑titré.
916
M. TRÉPANIER: Vous avez
raison, là. Je n'ai pas fait ce
calcul‑là.
917
Je pourrais peut‑être, après l'audience, vous fournir les renseignements,
mais ce que je peux vous dire, c'est qu'à l'heure actuelle, il y a une trentaine
de personnes à TVA qui travaillent pour le sous‑titrage en particulier et que
nous sommes à un niveau environ de 80 pour cent et que pour aller chercher un
autre 10 pour cent, peut‑être que ce n'est pas une grande différence dans les
ressources, mais pour aller chercher le dernier 10 pour cent, ça pourrait être
très matériel, au niveau des ressources financières et
humaines.
918
Il faut bien savoir que d'avoir une exigence à 100 pour cent créé une
pression et en même temps nous laisse un peu perplexe, parce qu'il arrivera
toujours des erreurs. Il arrivera
toujours des émissions qui seront livrées et pas personne au moment de la
diffusion trouve le module, le fichier sur le sous‑titrage, peut‑être parce
qu'il ne nous a pas été envoyé, peut‑être parce qu'il a été effacé par erreur,
et cetera.
919
Et même les machines, physiquement, peuvent se briser et le 100 pour
cent, à mon avis, est une exigence qui est pratiquement impossible à
atteindre.
920
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Il y a
peut‑être une distinction à faire, aussi, dépendant du type de chaîne. Si on regarde par exemple une chaîne qui
fait du direct continuellement, comme LCN, une chaîne comme TVA qui, peut‑être
la nuit reprend des programmes qui ont déjà été diffusés auparavant ‑‑ il y
a peut‑être une distinction à faire entre les deux, mais je vais attendre votre
estimation.
921
Bon, c'est assez pour le sous‑titrage, à moins que vous vouliez qu'on
continue.
922
On va passer à la vidéodescription.
Ce sujet‑là, en fait, en contient deux. On en a parlé ce matin; il y a une
distinction à faire entre la description du vidéo d'un programme et aussi la
description audio d'un programme qui est par ailleurs... qui n'a pas de
description de son vidéo.
923
Alors, la question de la description audio, c'est une question qui touche
de très près les programmes de nouvelles, en fait, ou des programmes
sportifs. Alors, j'aimerais savoir
quelles mesures sont présentement en place dans l'ensemble de vos chaînes pour
que les programmes diffusés contiennent les descriptions audio appropriées
lorsque ça peut se faire?
924
M. TRÉPANIER: Je crois que
c'est une question de culture d'entreprise. Les gens qui produisent, produisent
souvent à la dernière minute. Ils
sont fiers de leur production, mais là, on leur dit: Bien, on n'entend pas ce qui est à
l'écran.
925
Alors, ça se fait de façon * cas par cas + et c'est certainement un des
endroits où il y aurait moyen d'améliorer la culture de
l'entreprise.
926
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Avec
par exemple des séances de formation ou...?
927
M. TRÉPANIER:
Exactement. Ça revient
toujours à l'éducation et à la formation de tous ceux qui travaillent dans
l'industrie, y compris la production indépendante puisque souvent, ce sont des
productions ou des modules à l'intérieur, ça peut être même dans un bulletin de
nouvelles, des modules qui sont faits à l'extérieur de
l'entreprise.
928
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Le
Regroupement des aveugles et amblyopes du Québec a proposé que le Conseil exige
des radiodiffuseurs une augmentation d'heures de programmation décrit à 14
heures par semaine dès la première année du prochain renouvellement de licence
avec une augmentation graduelle jusqu'à 28 heures par semaine à l'année sept du
même renouvellement.
929
Alors, ma question, la question suivante est hypothétique (et je me
rappelle ce que vous m'avez dit plutôt au sujet des conditions de licence). Présumons que le concept adopte
hypothétiquement cette proposition‑là.
930
On va discuter de l'impact financier, mais avant ça, j'aimerais connaître
votre opinion sur la manière dont une telle exigence pourrait et devrait être
mise en ouvre.
931
Et si vous voulez, je peux peut‑être vous souffler un petit peu les
réponses ou les éléments de discussion.
D'abord, j'aimerais savoir, selon vous, quel type de programmation se
prêterait bien à une augmentation de description du
vidéo?
932
M. TRÉPANIER: Bien, je pense
que quant au type de programmation, on a déjà eu des... depuis ce matin, des
indications. Et il y a des genres
de programmes, d'émissions qui s'imagent bien et il n'y a pas nécessairement...
c'est‑à‑dire, elles sont bien décrites et il n'y a pas nécessairement à ajouter
de la vidéo description.
933
Mais je vous dirais que quant à la façon dont le Conseil devrait
s'assurer qu'il y aura une croissance jusqu'à un certain nombre d'heures par
semaine, je pense qu'il faut prendre le temps d'avoir cette discussion‑là au
moment du renouvellement de licence et fort heureusement, les renouvellements de
licences de stations de télévision s'en viennent
rapidement.
934
Et je vous dis pourquoi je fais cette affirmation‑là. C'est que le principal problème, à la
vidéodescription est celui du délai.
Par exemple, pour une émission acquise, il faut que la vidéodescription
soit faite ‑‑ de ce qu'on m'explique ‑‑ soit faite après le
sous‑titrage.
935
Et tout ça demande jusqu'à trois semaines. Pourtant, plusieurs des émissions
acquises sont livrées dans un délai beaucoup plus court que trois semaines. Alors, quel genre d'émissions vous me
demandez? Il faudra voir genre par
genre et il faudra voir si les émissions sont acquises, si les émissions sont
produites à l'interne.
936
Et même produite à l'interne, les émissions sont sous‑titrées et la vidéo
description est faite par une entreprise de Quebecor Media qui s'appelle
l'ACET. Mais il faut prendre la
production et l'envoyer chez l'ACET faire faire ces travaux‑là et
retourner. Alors, il y a une
question de délai à la mise en ondes.
Je pense que ça sera l'obstacle principal à la
vidéodescription.
937
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Et
pensez‑vous qu'en augmentant la demande ça pourrait avoir comme effet
d'augmenter l'offre de la part de ceux qui le font, et de réduire ce délai‑là de
trois semaines dont vous me parlez?
938
M. TRÉPANIER: J'imagine
qu'on peut réduire cet écart‑là.
C'est l'écart actuel. On
peut certainement le réduire, mais comme il s'agit de personnes qui doivent lire
du texte et le mettre... l'apposer sur la trame sonore d'une production, il y a
un temps requis, il y a un certain nombre de personnes qui font ce travail‑là,
une disponibilité des studios, et cetera.
939
Donc, on peut comprimer certainement, mais est‑ce qu'on peut comprimer de
100 pour cent? Je serais
surpris.
940
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE:
Toujours en présumant qu'il y aurait une exigence comparable, pensez‑vous
que l'exigence en terme de vidéodescription devrait s'appliquer uniformément à
tous les types de services de programmation, que ce soit les diffuseurs
hertziens, des services spécialisés, du vidéo sur demande, et
cetera?
941
M. TRÉPANIER: La difficulté
demeure sensiblement la même, mais l'économie de chaque chaîne n'est pas la
même. Il est certain que pour une
chaîne de catégorie * B + (maintenant), anciennement de
catégorie 2... n'a pas les mêmes budgets que la chaîne principale de TVA et
pourtant, le coût de la vidéodescription demeure quand même aux environs de 1
750 $ de l'heure.
942
Alors, je pense que les exigences, non, ne devraient pas être les mêmes
en termes d'heures.
943
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Dans le
même ordre d'idées, pensez‑vous qu'elles devraient être les mêmes en ce qui
concerne les marchés français et anglais (ou je devrais dire francophone et
anglophone).
944
M. TRÉPANIER: Je crois que
de faire la vidéodescription pour une émission en français ou faire la
vidéodescription pour une émission en anglais, les efforts, les ressources sont
probablement les mêmes.
945
Par contre, dans le marché de langue française, est‑ce que les émissions
acquises auront la vidéodescription autant que dans le marché de langue
anglaise? Je ne crois
pas.
946
Alors, il faudrait aussi faire cette étude pour voir jusqu'à quel point
il serait réaliste d'accroître le nombre d'heures par semaine en radiodiffusion
de langue française, mais je prendrais le pari, à ce moment‑ci, que si on veut
être aussi réaliste en français et en anglais que le nombre d'heures en français
serait réduit par rapport à celui dans la radiodiffusion de langue
anglaise.
947
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Quand
vous parlez d'émissions acquises, est‑ce que vous parlez d'émissions
étrangères?
948
M. TRÉPANIER: Oui. Je parle d'émissions étrangères, parce
que j'imagine qu'une émission canadienne déjà produite peut être vidéodécrite,
si vous me permettez l'expression...
949
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE:
Oui.
950
M. TRÉPANIER: ...tout autant
qu'une en anglais. Par contre, pour
les émissions canadiennes qui sont produite depuis longtemps, il est, encore là,
possible que ces émissions‑là aient été décrites en anglais, mais que le travail
soit à faire, en français.
951
Donc, de façon générale, mais surtout pour les émissions étrangères, il y
aura une problématique qui se présentera en français.
952
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Et
maintenant, je reviens à la proposition du Regroupement des aveugles et
amblyopes du Québec qui est d'augmenter l'exigence vis‑à‑vis du matériel vidéo
décrit de 14 heures par semaines à la première année du renouvellement et
graduellement jusqu'à 28 heures la septième année. Est‑ce que vous pourrez nous fournir une
estimation de ce qu'une telle exigence représente en termes de coût pour vos
services?
953
M. TRÉPANIER: On va vous
fournir ça au moment où vous allez déterminer, après l'audience
publique.
954
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE:
Merci.
955
Maintenant, je ne sais pas si vous êtes en mesure de me répondre sur des
questions un petit peu plus tatillonnes, en ce qui concerne, justement, les
coûts. Parce que dans votre
soumission du 10 juillet, vous parlez d'un coût de 50 000 $ pour l'équipement de
mise en ondes à Montréal et à Québec pour pouvoir diffuser le
vidéodescription.
956
C'est un coût d'immobilisation, ça, pour l'achat d'équipement ou c'est un
coût qui est récurrent?
957
M. TRÉPANIER: C'est un coût
d'immobilisation.
958
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: C'est
un coût d'immobilisation. Et cet
investissement‑là a déjà été fait?
959
M. TRÉPANIER: À Montréal et
à Québec, oui.
960
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: À
Montréal et à Québec. Et la durée
de vie de l'équipement c'est quoi?
Une vingtaine d'année?
961
M. TRÉPANIER: Je ne pourrais
pas vous dire. Il faudrait que je
vérifie aussi. Je le dis parce que
ça dépend toujours si c'est un équipement plus ou moins
informatisé.
962
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Oui,
oui.
963
Oui, les équipements informatiques n'ont pas une très très longue durée
de vie.
964
Maintenant, le coût de la distribution du signal, vous mentionnez 30 000
$ par an. Alors là, ça, c'est clair
que c'est un coût récurrent.
965
Et vous indiquez que c'est le coût pour l'augmentation de bande passante
pour l'ajout de canaux audio chez Vidéotron et Bell ExpressVu. Alors là, j'ai besoin d'explications
supplémentaires.
966
Ma première question c'est:
Qui est‑ce qui défraie ce coût‑là supplémentaire? Est‑ce que c'est le service de
programmation (par exemple TVA) ou est‑ce que c'est le service de distribution
Vidéotron et Bell ExpressVu?
967
M. TRÉPANIER: Pourriez‑vous
me préciser, s'il vous plaît à quel endroit vous avez ces
coûts‑là?
968
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE:
Oui... Oui. À la page 10.
‑‑‑ Pause
969
M. TRÉPANIER: La réponse
RC?
970
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Oui, oui.
On parle de distribution du signal, 30 000 $ par année et on
dit:
* Les coûts liés à la distribution
correspondent à l'augmentation de la bande passante pour l'ajout des canaux
audio chez Vidéotron ou Bell ExpressVu + (Tel que lu)
971
M. TRÉPANIER: Oui. Et on parle... Donc ici on parle de distribution,
maintenant. On parle de
Vidéotron?
972
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE:
Oui. Mais c'est ça, je veux
savoir... Donc, le coût de 30 000 $
par année, c'est le coût qui est supporté par Vidéotron?
973
M. TRÉPANIER:
Effectivement.
974
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE:
O.K.
‑‑‑ Pause
975
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Donc,
quand TVA, qui est obligatoirement distribué dans les marchés anglophones, donc
par de nombreux distributeurs...
976
Quand TVA retransmet un deuxième canal audio pour la description du
vidéo, les distributeurs ne vous facturent pas un
supplément?
977
M. TRÉPANIER: Non. Les distributeurs ne facturent pas un
supplément, mais j'aimerais faire une correction, ici.
978
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE:
Oui.
979
M. TRÉPANIER: Il s'agit du
coût de transport effectué par TVA.
980
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: À la
tête de ligne de Vidéotron ou de Bell ExpressVu?
981
M. TRÉPANIER: Non. Il s'agit du coût de transport de la
vidéodescription de TVA au réseau TVA, à toutes ses
stations.
982
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE:
Ah! Donc, de TVA, la tête de
réseau, aux stations du réseau?
983
M. TRÉPANIER:
Exactement.
984
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE:
Parfait. Merci
beaucoup.
985
Je présume que la technologie que vous utilisez avec vos émetteurs en
ondes, autant à Montréal qu'à Québec, c'est d'insérer ce signal audio‑là sur le
deuxième canal, le canal secondaire audio avec votre signal
vidéo?
986
M. TRÉPANIER:
Oui.
987
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE:
Pouvez‑vous m'indiquer ‑‑ et vous n'êtes pas obligé de répondre tout
de suite parce que là, j'aimerais...
Je vais vous le dire tout de suite, là, je veux une réponse en mégahertz
ou en mégabits par seconde... parce que vous parlez justement de l'augmentation
de la bande passante.
988
J'aimerais savoir exactement à quoi elle correspond, cette
augmentation‑là, par rapport au signal qui n'a pas de
vidéodescription.
989
M. TRÉPANIER: Je pourrais,
avec une question peut‑être un petit peu plus précise vous trouver une réponse
très précise...
990
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE:
Ah!
991
M. TRÉPANIER: ...mais ce
qu'on me dit (et qui peut peut‑être vous aider de façon générale) c'est qu'à
l'heure actuelle, il y a à peu près 130 chaînes chez Vidéotron qui pourraient
avoir de la vidéodescription et que si ces 130 chaînes‑là faisaient
effectivement de la vidéodescription, Vidéotron aurait besoin de l'espace de 11
chaînes vidéo supplémentaires.
992
Chez Vidéotron, une chaîne, en fin de compte, ça fonctionne par... bien,
par six mégahertz; il y a 11 chaînes dans six mégahertz.
993
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Donc,
c'est de l'ordre d'un peu moins de 10 pour cent?
994
M. TRÉPANIER:
Effectivement.
995
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Alors,
si vous pouvez quand même m'avoir les chiffres
détaillés...
996
M. TRÉPANIER: Alors,
pourriez‑vous me répéter la question si...
997
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE:
Oui. C'est de savoir quelle
est exactement l'augmentation de la bande passante entre un signal qui a de la
vidéodescription et un signal qui n'en a pas.
998
M. TRÉPANIER:
Merci.
‑‑‑ Pause
999
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Je
m'excuse. Vous venez de me tendre
une perche pour parler de distribution, alors, j'hésite entre deux questions,
mais je vais continuer avec les exigences potentielles du Conseil
(hypothétiques, je devrais dire) en vidéodescription.
1000
Si on devait décider d'une exigence, pensez‑vous que ça serait préférable
de le faire en terme d'heures absolues ou en terme de pourcentage de la
programmation...ou ça vous est égal?
1001
M. TRÉPANIER: Je pense qu'il
faut trouver... Vous me parlez de
vidéodescription, ici?
1002
Je pense qu'il faut trouver une correspondance aussi avec les recettes de
la chaînes et peut‑être avec le budget de programmation,
aussi.
1003
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: O.K.
1004
M. TRÉPANIER: Parce que
* heures absolues + ou * pourcentage + de... Disons, 168 heures de diffusion dans une
semaine, pour nous, ça revient sensiblement au même, mais l'économie de chacune
des chaînes n'est pas la même.
1005
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Et ça
m'amène à ma prochaine question. On
a estimé... et d'autres personnes aussi ont fait l'estimation à peu près la même
que globalement, les exigences présentes de quatre heures par semaine, si elles
étaient appliquées à tous les diffuseurs (en fait, les principaux groupes de
propriétés en diffusion hertzienne) que ça représenterait environ un demi de un
pour cent des dépenses totales de ces réseaux‑là.
1006
Alors, vous n'êtes pas obligé de me répondre tout de suite, mais ce que
j'aimerais savoir, c'est: À votre
avis, en ce qui concerne précisément TVA, à partir de quelle proportion,
justement, est‑ce que les dépenses liées à la vidéodescription par rapport à
l'ensemble des dépenses... à partir de quel niveau est‑ce que ça deviendrait un
fardeau difficile à contrôler... ou à supporter, je devrais
dire?
1007
M. TRÉPANIER: Vous avez
raison, je ne vais pas vous répondre aujourd'hui parce que je vais me faire
gronder par les financiers de TVA, mais on va trouver une réponse à la
question.
1008
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: En
intervenant, monsieur Eddy a proposé de créer un fonds d'accès pour la
description vidéo en facturant vingt sous par mois aux abonnés des entreprises
de distribution.
1009
Et là, quand vous me répondrez, faites attention de me dire si vous me
répondez pour TVA ou pour Vidéotron parce que vous êtes des deux côtés de la
clôture, comme ça.
1010
Selon vous, quel serait l'impact de ce transfert de coûts à l'ensemble
des abonnés de Vidéotron et cet impact‑là, qu'est‑ce que ça aurait de positif
pour, justement, l'accès à la vidéodescription?
1011
M. TRÉPANIER: Je veux bien
comprendre, ici. Vous me parlez
d'un fonds national qui servirait à la vidéodescription et la contribution
permettant de financer ce fond national‑là viendrait des
distributeurs?
1012
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE:
Viendrait, en fait en facturant... serait fait en facturant 20 sous par
mois aux abonnés des distributeurs.
Alors vous, comment vous réagissez à cette proposition‑là, qui est la
proposition d'un des intervenants à l'instance?
1013
M. TRÉPANIER: D'abord, les
fonds nationaux, ce n'est pas la chose qui attire énormément Quebecor
Media. Je pense qu'on a déjà une
réputation à cet effet‑là.
1014
Maintenant, si chaque entreprise de distribution au pays doit ajouter une
contribution aux services aux personnes handicapées et que cette contribution‑là
est reconnaissable par ceux qui paient les mensualités, au départ, on va
certainement vous dire que plus ça coûte cher, moins il y a de clients, parce
que les clients ne peuvent plus payer.
1015
Mais cela dit, c'est effectivement une façon de faire qui pourrait être
équitable si tous les distributeurs avaient le même
fardeau.
1016
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Et si
je comprends bien, au niveau de l'administration et de la distribution des
montants du fonds, vous avez fait le commentaire que pour Quebecor Media, les
fonds nationaux, ce n'était pas nécessairement sa
préférence?
1017
M. TRÉPANIER: Oui. C'est qu'on a souvent tendance à un
problème... à arriver avec des solutions qui sont de créer des organismes, des
comités, des groupes, et dans les faits, souvent, ces initiatives nobles et
issues de la bonne volonté dégénèrent en
bureaucratie coûteuse. Et
c'est la raison pour laquelle nous nous méfions beaucoup de ce genre de
solution.
1018
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: Est‑ce
que vous auriez autre chose à proposer à ce stade‑ci ou vous attendriez de
savoir ce qui se passe un peu plus tard?
1019
M. TRÉPANIER: De façon
générale, ce que nous proposons, c'est de profiter d'abord de l'expérience que
nous vivons aujourd'hui et que nous allons vivre dans les prochains jours avec
le Conseil et les groupes d'intérêt et le reste de
l'industrie.
1020
Ensuite, c'est d'initier des consultations afin de déterminer les besoins
de façon le plus précis possible et par la suite, de déterminer avec l'industrie
d'abord et ensuite avec le Conseil, quels sont les niveaux de services qui, dans
une société industrialisée comme le Canada, devraient être
offerts.
1021
Et à partir de là, * comment allons‑nous financer tout
ça? + Je pense que ça pourrait être une autre
discussion. Mais de dire, à ce
moment‑ci : Oui, créons un fond
national puis allons de l'avant, il me semble que c'est véritablement
prématuré.
1022
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE: C'est
noté.
1023
Maintenant, pour parler de distribution et plus précisément de
l'équipement fourni par Vidéotron à ses clients ‑‑ mon préambule est un peu
long, je vais essayer de la couper, mais quand même, soyez
indulgent...
1024
Au travers des mémoires qui ont été soumis par des personnes handicapées
ou des regroupements les représentant, il y a un thème commun qui est très, très
évident. C'est celui de la
difficulté d'utilisation de l'équipement fourni par le distributeur pour arriver
à accéder soit aux sous‑titres, soit à la vidéodescription qui, par ailleurs
sont existant.
1025
Pour l'instant, on va laisser de côté la question du guide de
programmes.
1026
J'ai aussi pris note de votre commentaire dans votre soumission du 10
juillet à la page 7, au sujet, justement, de vos terminaux et de vos
fournisseurs, plus particulièrement en ce qui a trait à l'accès à la
vidéodescription, parce que là, c'est plus problématique que pour le
sous‑titrage. Je vous cite. Vous dites :
* La normalisation du processus
complet de la source au client final reste toutefois un enjeu. + (Tel que lu)
1027
En même temps, quand j'examine une télécommande de Vidéotron (si je l'ai
bien examinée ‑‑ vous me corrigerez si je me trompe), il y a un bouton
dédié à la vidéo sur demande et la question de la commande unique pour la
description vidéo, à ce moment‑là, se pose.
1028
Puis finalement, je présume que Vidéotron est un client exigeant pour ses
fournisseurs. En tout cas, moi, si
je vous avais comme client et que j'étais fournisseur, je répondrais vite au
téléphone quand vous appelez.
1029
Alors, avec tout ça en tête, pouvez‑vous m'expliquer (et là, c'est
vraiment une question ouverte)... pouvez‑vous m'expliquer le * qui +, le * quoi +, le * combien + et le * combien du pourquoi + au sujet de la disponibilité
d'équipement de télécommande et de terminal qui offrirait un design vraiment
adapté aux personnes qui ont une incapacité visuelle ou motrice, et pour qui on
pourrait trouver un meilleur moyen pour arriver à accéder au sous‑titrage et à
la vidéodescription.
1030
M. TRÉPANIER: C'est une
question à 360 degrés, là. Je vais
débuter en disant que Vidéotron est peut‑être un client important de Scientific
Atlanta, qui est le fournisseur des terminaux numériques et des contrôles à
distance, mais toute proportion gardée, il y a beaucoup de clients beaucoup plus
importants que Vidéotron pour Scientific Atlanta. C'est la première
chose.
1031
La deuxième chose (et jusqu'à un certain point, c'est une bonne
nouvelle), c'est qu'on a entendu tout à l'heure, à l'effet qu'il y aurait une
loi américaine qui serait supposément votée
prochainement.
1032
Notre fournisseur a de la difficulté à développer des programmes
informatiques qui ne serviraient que pour le Canada ou que pour le Québec, alors
qu'aux États‑Unis, il n'y a pas de demande à l'heure actuelle pour ce
produit‑là. En tout cas, il n'y en
a pas eu véritablement jusqu'ici.
1033
Ensuite, j'imagine, je terminerais en vous disant qu'il y a
différents... Quand on parle de
vidéo numérique, on parle de réseaux qui s'apparentent à des réseaux
informatiques.
1034
Il y a différents niveaux de logiciels dans un réseau numérique (et ici,
je parle de logiciels d'exploitation).
Certains de ces niveaux‑là ne sont pas accessibles pour Vidéotron;
certains (le niveau très supérieur, moins profond si on veut) le sont. Nous avons eu des discussions avec
Scientific Atlanta pour faire une partie du travail, mais jusqu'ici, on n'a pas
réussi à s'entendre sur l'accès aux parties logicielles qui nous permettraient
de faire les changements.
1035
Alors, à l'heure actuelle, il faut faire ce que l'on décrit ici, à la
page 7, pour avoir accès à la vidéodescription. Et c'est aussi vrai qu'à chaque fois
qu'on change de canal, il faut recommencer la manipulation de la télécommande
pour avoir la vidéodescription. Et
c'est certainement frustrant et désagréable.
1036
On n'a pas trouvé de nouvelle solution et on espère pouvoir en trouver
dans la mesure où le manufacturier acceptera d'investir dans ce
besoin.
1037
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Et
est‑ce que le manufacturier en question vous a... ou avez‑vous déjà fait avec ce
manufacturier‑là une demande de cotation pour qu'il les fasse les modifications
pour les équipements que vous achetez par la suite?
1038
M. TRÉPANIER: Je ne crois
pas, non, qu'on ait fait une demande de cotation à ce
propos‑là.
1039
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : En
tout cas, ça m'encourage quand même de voir qu'il y a des mesures qui ont déjà
été entreprises et je vous encourage à insister auprès de votre
fournisseur.
1040
Maintenant, vous mentionnez que, étant donné que vous avez une exemption,
de ne pas transmettre ‑‑ en fait, distribuer, je devrais plutôt utiliser ce
mot‑là ‑‑ ne pas distribuer la vidéo description sur les canaux analogiques
de Vidéotron, que vous fournissez gratuitement un terminal numérique à vos
abonnés.
1041
Jusqu'à quel point est‑ce que vous faites la publicité de cette
possibilité‑là auprès de vos clients actuels et aussi auprès de vos clients
potentiels, les gens qui appellent chez vous, là, pour un nouvel
abonnement?
1042
M. TRÉPANIER: Trop peu. Je pense que l'occasion est excellente
ici puisque les groupes intéressés sont présents pour faire cette
promotion‑là. Alors, ceux qui
veulent bien m'entendre, je peux faire un peu de publicité et leur dire : oui,
appelez Vidéotron, vous allez voir que les personnes préposées à répondre au
téléphone ou à répondre au courriel savent qu'ils peuvent offrir les terminaux
numériques. On appelle ça
*faire une location
gratuite+ et que, en même temps que ces
communications‑là ont lieu, on offre la facture en braille et d'autres services
pour personnes handicapées.
1043
Maintenant, si c'était mieux promu, et je me suis assuré que ça va l'être
tout au moins par un communiqué dans les prochains jours, il est probable qu'il
y ait plus de terminaux qui seraient ainsi loués aux personnes qui en ont
besoin.
1044
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Et je
présume aussi, là, que c'est disponible non seulement pour l'abonné lui‑même,
mais si c'est quelqu'un de sa maisonnée qui a un handicap visuel, à ce
moment‑là, ça serait considéré comme étant pour l'abonné
aussi?
1045
M. TRÉPANIER: Je ne suis pas
certain de bien comprendre votre question.
1046
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Par
exemple, bon, un abonné, généralement, va souvent vivre en famille là, donc, par
exemple, si c'est l'enfant de l'abonné ou le conjoint de l'abonné, ça serait
considéré aussi valable comme demande?
1047
M. TRÉPANIER: Tout à fait,
une personne à l'intérieur d'un foyer.
1048
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE :
Présentement, votre guide de programmation est entièrement
visuel?
1049
M. TRÉPANIER:
Oui.
1050
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Est‑ce
que vous avez envisagé, là, à l'avenir, d'une part... bien de le rendre... pas
d'une part, mais tout simplement de le rendre, ce guide, auditif ou plus
accessible pour les gens qui ont des incapacités
visuelles?
1051
M. TRÉPANIER: Grâce à ce
processus public, c'est une question que j'ai soulevée. Malheureusement, la réponse est qu'un
véritable guide qui serait sonore; c'est‑à‑dire lorsqu'on change de canal, on
entend : *Vous êtes maintenant au canal 78 et
vous écoutez la chaîne X, Y, Z+. C'est une chose qu'on m'a dit n'existe
pas.
1052
Par contre, s'il y avait des développements dans ce sens‑là, certainement
qu'on serait intéressé, mais hormis un canal spécialisé pour indiquer que
certaines émissions sont décrites en vidéo; c'est‑à‑dire vidéo décrites, hormis
ce genre d'approche‑là, un véritable guide où le vocal est intégré parfaitement
à l'image, à ce que l'on peut lire, on n'a pas connaissance de l'existence d'une
telle chose.
1053
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Au
niveau de la disponibilité, bon, on comprend qu'au niveau analogique, là, ce
signal‑là n'est pas disponible.
Donc, l'offre des terminaux numériques gratuitement à vos abonnés qui ont
un handicap visuel et, à ce moment‑là, on doit s'attendre à ce que ça soit
disponible dans la distribution numérique.
1054
Dans votre soumission, vous faites état d'une difficulté au niveau du
passage, en ce sens que vous dites que les services de programmation que vous
distribuez sur Vidéotron devraient vous informer lorsqu'il y a effectivement un
canal utilisé pour ça puisque votre équipement de tête de ligne, par défaut, ne
fait pas passer ce deuxième canal secondaire là.
1055
Bon, je comprends qu'il y a une question d'efficacité de gestion de la
bande passante sur le réseau de Vidéotron, mais en même temps, l'obligation de
ne pas altérer le signal de programmation qui vous est fourni ait cette
obligation‑là, elle existe en tout temps.
1056
Alors, je me demande pourquoi vous ne prenez pas le problème à l'inverse
et quoique, là, je constate dans votre soumission que vous avez déjà commencé à
le faire, mais je veux comprendre, là, si vous allez assez loin parce que je
pense qu'à partir du moment où vous altérez le signal du Service de
programmation, pour des fins de gestion de votre équipement, est‑ce que ça ne
serait pas plutôt à Vidéotron à prendre les devants avec les Services de
programmation pour savoir quand est‑ce qu'ils peuvent... que Vidéotron peut ou
ne peut pas altérer le signal, sinon le signal de vidéo description serait
enlevé.
1057
Et comme je vous dis, je constate, là, que vous avez mentionné qu'à
l'automne 2008 vous étiez pour initier des contacts avec toutes les chaînes qui
sont distribuées sur Vidéotron, justement pour instaurer un système, un canal de
communication sur ce sujet‑là spécifique.
1058
Alors, est‑ce que cette ‑‑ c'est un peu long comme préambule ‑‑
mais est‑ce que cette communication‑là a déjà eu lieu? Pouvez‑vous faire état de l'avancement
des discussions?
1059
Et ce que j'aimerais aussi savoir, c'est : est‑ce que ça minimise quand
même l'impact, là, sur les Services de programmation où vous distribuez, la
façon dont le canal de communications a été mis en place?
1060
M. TRÉPANIER: D'abord, pour
ce qui est de la question de savoir pourquoi tous les canaux ne sont pas
ouverts, ce qui permettrait de ne pas avoir à gérer cette communication‑là entre
le distributeur et les chaînes, la réponse c'est la bande
passante.
1061
Les entreprises de câblodistribution, et je pense que c'est comme ça chez
tous les distributeurs, mais particulièrement chez les entreprises de
câblodistribution, la gestion de la bande passante est une question éminemment
complexe et va le demeurer jusqu'au jour où il y aura beaucoup de services
distribués en mode analogique. À ce
moment‑là, il n'y aura plus d'espace.
1062
À l'heure actuelle, il y a peu d'espace et c'est très difficile à
gérer. Et si on ouvre tous les
canaux à vide, ça veut dire qu'on aura besoin de 11 espaces de chaînes,
l'équivalent de 11 chaînes numériques.
1063
Donc, ça, c'est la question que vous... c'est la réponse sur laquelle ce
n'est pas ouvert chez toutes les chaînes.
1064
Maintenant, pour ce qui est des communications avec les chaînes, afin de
pouvoir identifier quelles sont celles qui ont, effectivement, la vidéo
description, nous avons envoyé 60 lettres à diverses entreprises qui, ensemble,
nous donnent accès à 200 chaînes vidéo et nous avons eu 32 pour cent de
réponses.
1065
Nous allons bientôt relancer les entreprises qui n'ont pas répondu, mais
parmi celles qui ont répondu, il n'y avait pas de nouvelle chaîne qui offrait de
la vidéo description.
1066
Nous allons quand même poursuivre l'effort. Ce que nous déplorons, toutefois, c'est
qu'il n'y a pas un endroit central au pays qui serait, il me semble, une banque
de données peu complexe où les distributeurs pourraient voir quelle chaîne qui,
cette semaine, a commencé à faire de la vidéo description et quelle autre
commencera la semaine prochaine.
1067
Ça nous permettrait, comme distributeurs, d'être véritablement
transparents.
1068
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Je
vais sauter au service de téléphonie et je reviendrai peut‑être sur le passage à
l'autre définition parce qu'il me reste une ou deux questions, mais je ne veux
pas que votre collègue, monsieur Béland, s'endorme sur nos discussions de
radiodiffusion, sans parler de mes collègues à
moi.
1069
Dans certaines juridictions étrangères, et là je vous parle de téléphonie
sans fil, de téléphonie mobile, dans certaines juridictions étrangères, c'est
possible d'accueillir des appareils de téléphonie mobile qui offrent des
fonctionnalités pour adapter pour des personnes qui ont des déficiences, que ce
soit auditives ou visuelles.
1070
Jusqu'à quel point est‑ce que vous offrez dans votre offre de services,
là, de tels appareils pour vos clients?
Et sinon, si vous n'en offrez pas, qu'est‑ce qui empêche, là,
l'introduction de ces appareils‑là?
1071
M. BÉLAND : Bien, il faut
dire, d'abord, que Vidéotron, pour le moment, n'est pas un grand joueur dans le
sans fil au Canada. On espère que
ça va changer bientôt, mais ce n'est pas le cas pour le
moment.
1072
Je ne crois pas qu'il y a une offre spécifique chez Vidéotron de tels
appareils présentement. Et la
recherche nécessaire pour trouver une liste de tels appareils et d'évaluer leur
fonctionnalité, d'évaluer leurs qualités, on trouve que ce n'est pas
nécessairement quelque chose qui serait efficace à faire compagnie par
compagnie, surtout encore une fois pour une compagnie dont le rôle est assez
marginal pour le moment.
1073
Donc, l'idée a été mentionnée plus tôt de l'établissement, d'une façon ou
d'une autre, d'un institut ou d'une organisation qui pourrait avoir le mandat de
faire la recherche.
1074
On sait que ce sont les fournisseurs d'appareils sont des fournisseurs à
l'échelle planétaire, donc vraiment faire les recherches, trouver les listes
d'appareils qui sont... qui ont des éléments de design et qui sont plus
accessibles et Vidéotron en tant que fournisseur actuel, mais fournisseur qui
est appelé à croître, on serait intéressé à avoir ce genre de ressource‑là pour
connaître les appareils puis peut‑être même en inclure dans notre offre de
services.
1075
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Parce
que vous avez mentionné au début de la réponse que, étant donné que Vidéotron
n'est pas encore un gros joueur dans la téléphonie mobile, que c'est difficile
pour vous, là, de faire ce genre d'inventaire‑là, mais il demeure que Vidéotron
est quand même partie d'une grande entreprise qu'est Quebecor
Media.
1076
Alors si du point de vue de Vidéotron Téléphonie vous voyez des obstacles
devant vous, je pense que vous appréciez à quel point ces obstacles‑là sont
encore plus importants pour monsieur et madame tout le monde qui cherchent à
trouver l'appareil de son choix.
1077
Mais ce que je retiens aussi de votre réponse, c'est que vous êtes
disposé à participer à un effort collectif, là, pour arriver à débusquer tous
les appareils qui sont mieux adaptés pour les personnes qui ont des
handicaps.
1078
M. D. BÉLAND : Mais il y a
une question franchement d'efficacité aussi. C'est de, entre une situation où chaque
compagnie sans fil, et il y en a des petites au Canada aussi, pas juste les
trois grandes compagnies sans fil, entre une situation où chaque compagnie sans
fil va faire ses propres recherches chez tous les fournisseurs à l'échelle de la
planète pour trouver les meilleurs appareils et une approche où il y a une
organisation dont le mandat et la compétence est de faire ce travail‑là, il nous
paraît qu'il y a quand même une efficacité rattachée à la deuxième
option.
1079
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Et à
ce moment‑là, justement dans un but d'efficacité, si un de vos clients, lors
d'un voyage en Finlande ou aux États‑Unis ‑‑ je parle de la Finlande parce
que je pense à Nokia ‑‑ ou aux États‑Unis, trouver un appareil qui répond à
ses besoins et que cet appareil‑là, par ailleurs, sans qu'il fasse partie de
votre offre, il soit compatible avec votre réseau mobile.
1080
Là, je ne parle pas de refaire votre réseau mobile, d'utiliser une autre
technologie de transmission, là, il est compatible avec votre réseau
mobile. Est‑ce que vous seriez
disposé à accepter que ce client‑là connecte cet appareil‑là, acheté ailleurs, à
votre réseau?
1081
M. D. BÉLAND : Je ne crois
pas que la question est si facile que ça parce que, d'abord, Industries Canada a
un rôle dans la certification d'appareils cellulaires et de radio fréquence,
donc d'abord, première chose, ça ne serait pas notre choix à nous
seuls.
1082
Deuxièmement, comme vous avez mentionné dans votre question, les services
sans fil à travers le monde opèrent sur de nombreuses bandes de fréquences
différentes, donc ce n'est... c'est rarement aussi facile que de trouver un
appareil dans un autre pays et de présumer que cet appareil‑là va marcher sur la
bande de fréquences qui est utilisée dans un autre pays ou même qui est utilisée
par un fournisseur spécifique dans un autre
pays.
1083
Et, en plus, je crois que... je crois que cette information pourrait être
le genre d'information utile à apporter à une organisation dont le mandat est
comme on vient de le décrire, mais je n'essaierai jamais de présumer que cet
appareil‑là pourrait nécessairement être convenable dans le contexte
canadien.
1084
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Je
vous remercie.
1085
Une question au sujet, là, de l'accessibilité de vos sites internet. Vous en avez parlé dans votre soumission
et je voulais vérifier avec vous si vous étiez à l'intérieur de vos échéanciers
que vous avez mentionnés.
1086
Vous avez mentionné que le site internet de TVA et... pas de TVA, pardon,
mais de Vidéotron était en refonte et serait compatible, là, avec la norme WCAG
pour certains aspects et que la première phase viendrait à échéance à l'automne
2008 et la deuxième phase, au printemps 2009 que vous avez dit, mars avril,
disons avril, est‑ce que ces échéanciers‑là sont toujours
d'actualité?
1087
M. D. BÉLAND : Oui. La première phase, c'est d'abord le
lancement d'une page unique qui ramasse toute l'information chez Vidéotron
concernant les produits et services accessibles. Et, ça, ça vient d'être lancé la semaine
dernière. Cette page‑là est
disponible et cette page‑là est conforme avec le WCAG1.0.
1088
Pour ce qui est de la deuxième phase, là, on parle de la refonte complète
du site de Vidéotron. Comme vous
pouvez imaginer, c'est une initiative très complexe et très coûteuse qui déjà
prend plus longtemps que prévu initialement.
1089
Ce qu'on a trouvé avec cette phase‑là, c'est d'abord le fait d'avoir
sensibilisé les concepteurs aux normes et l'importance, notamment, de la norme
WCAG1.0. Déjà ç'a eut ses effets
parce qu'ils sont en train d'intégrer ces normes‑là dans la conception du
nouveau site.
1090
L'engagement qu'on a fait, c'est que tout le contenu textuel de ce
nouveau site sera conforme avec WCAG1.0 et tous les nouveaux contenus seront
conformes également.
1091
Là où il y a exception, c'est concernant certains des contenus
audiovisuels existants qui seront transférés au nouveau site, qui seront repris
dans le nouveau site, mais qui ne seront pas nécessairement
conformes.
1092
Le meilleur exemple qu'on a, c'est qu'on a sur notre site présentement
une calculette qui permet à un abonné potentiel d'indiquer quel service
l'intéresse puis de voir les prix, les rabais, the bundle, et
caetera.
1093
Cette calculette est faite avec une technologie flash qui est, selon ce
qu'on me dit, très difficilement compatible avec les normes
WCAG.
1094
L'effort nécessaire pour refaire la calculette selon cette norme‑là
serait très important et l'approche de Vidéotron, ça sera plutôt de,
éventuellement, la prochaine fois, qu'on refasse la calculette, d'essayer de le
faire selon une autre... en utilisant une autre technologie de base plus une
technologie de type panier d'épicerie HTML.
1095
Mais la calculette, telle qu'elle existe présentement, est très difficile
d'être compatible avec la norme WCAG.
1096
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Et
vous dites que...
Oui?
1097
M. TRÉPANIER: J'ajouterais,
si vous me permettez, qu'on parle quand même de la satisfaction à la norme à un
niveau de près de 95 pour cent, mais c'est que... et même que ce qui ne serait
pas accessible parce qu'il s'agit d'une démo, par exemple, de télévision haute
définition ou quelque chose dans le genre, sera décrit et sera accessible
autrement.
1098
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Et
quand vous dites que votre échéancier glisse un peu, là, on parle d'un
glissement de?
1099
M. D. BÉLAND : Non. On parle toujours d'une refonte, un
déficit en 2009.
1100
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : En
2009?
1101
M. D. BÉLAND : Mais avec le
bémol qu'on ne prévoit pas que le site sera 100 pour cent compatible avec la
norme qu'on a mentionnée.
1102
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Il me
reste une question sur laquelle je veux revenir pour la haute définition
numérique dans la distribution pour Vidéotron et, ensuite, je vais conclure sur
la question des consultations.
1103
Est‑ce que vous entrevoyez, une fois que le passage au numérique sera
complété pour la distribution sur Vidéotron, est‑ce que vous entrevoyez des
difficultés à continuer à passer jusqu'à l'abonné de sous‑titrage et la vidéo
description?
1104
M. TRÉPANIER: Lorsque...
non, non. Lorsque le volet
principal actuellement distribué en analogique sera distribué en numérique, il y
aura suffisamment de bande passante pour assouplir les difficultés de passage de
vidéo description et de sous‑titrage.
1105
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Et
vous ne prévoyez pas de difficulté du fait qu'une bonne partie de cette
programmation‑là va être en haute définition
1106
M. TRÉPANIER: C'est sûr
qu'il va y avoir énormément de pression sur la bande passante
aussi.
1107
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE :
Oui.
1108
M. TRÉPANIER: Mais, malgré
cette pression, parce qu'on parle de deux mégahertz pour chaque service de haute
définition, malgré cette pression, il ne devrait plus y avoir le genre de
difficulté de gestion serrée, là, que l'on doit suivre à l'heure
actuelle.
1109
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : En ce
qui concerne les processus de consultation, là, qui vont suivre d'instance, j'ai
bien lu ce que vous avez écrit et comment vous avez commenté aussi la position
de... la proposition de Bell Canada.
1110
Alors, si je peux résumer votre position en quatre points, quatre ou cinq
points rapidement, vous êtes d'accord que seront‑ils nécessaire, vous allez y
participer, vous croyez qu'on doit faire des groupes distincts pour les
questions de radiodiffusion et de télécom et l'industrie et les groupes
représentant les personnes handicapées doivent participer ainsi que le personnel
du Conseil?
1111
Ça résume assez bien votre position?
1112
M. TRÉPANIER: J'ajouterais à
ça ‑‑ ça résume bien notre position ‑‑ mais j'ajouterais à ça que
probablement que les intervenants, de part et d'autre, seraient plus à l'aise
s'il y avait en parallèle une consultation de langue française et une
consultation de langue anglaise et que, ensuite, l'industrie et peut‑être aussi
tous, là, mais ensuite il y aurait collaboration au niveau
national.
1113
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Merci.
Maintenant, compte tenu que la délimitation technologique entre
l'infrastructure des télécoms et celle de la distribution de radiodiffusion est
de plus en plus floue ‑‑ et je pense que Quebecor Media en est un exemple
assez éloquent ‑‑ est‑ce qu'il n'y aurait pas des bénéfices à considérer
l'ensemble des questions de télécom et de radiodiffusion, plutôt que de faire
des groupes distincts?
1114
M. TRÉPANIER : C'est toujours possible, mais quand je fais mes réunions
de service, puis on parle de 7‑1‑1 longtemps, puis les analystes de
radiodiffusion sont là et ils trouvent le temps long, je me dis que ça serait
des journées qui pourraient être pénibles pour le groupe, qui ne comprend pas
vraiment ce qui est en train de se passer.
1115
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Donc, je comprends mieux maintenant votre
commentaire à ce sujet‑là.
1116
Alors, ça conclut mes questions.
Merci beaucoup pour votre patience à tout le monde, incluant mes
collègues.
1117
LE PRÉSIDENT : Merci.
1118
Je pense qu'il y a des questions de l'autre membre du
Conseil.
1119
Steve...?
1120
COMMISSIONER SIMPSON: Thank
you very much.
1121
My questions are specifically focused on the issue of quality control
with respect to closed captioning.
My apologies for bringing you right back to the beginning of where this
all started.
1122
For the record, and perhaps even for my own understanding, earlier one of
the presenters, I believe it was the Centre québécois de la déficience auditive,
had made an inference to their lack of belief that a broadcaster can take it
upon themselves to self‑regulate or to apply levels of quality control, and in
this particular instance they were referring to closed
captioning.
1123
So my question is along this line: Given that there is a general
direction toward some adoption of adherence to CAB standards concerning their
pursuit of universal standards of quality and the reality that you are not part
of the CAB working group any more, could you give me some idea of how you are
going to approach the development and the application of your own quality
standards for improving the quality of your closed
captioning?
1124
MR. TRÉPANIER: First I would
say that we believe that broadcasters are in a good position to assess the level
of quality regarding the language itself.
You know, if there is an error, there is an error; that is easy to
realize, to see.
1125
I think that as far as assessing the amount of improvement that is
needed, broadcasters may very well do that themselves.
1126
Where it becomes more difficult is that most people working in the media
industry hear well and see well and there are things that we are not aware that
were mistakes or there were problems of understanding the meaning of
something. We thought it was okay
but we did not know that it was impossible to
understand.
1127
This is where it is a little more complicated, and I will happily read
what the CAB has to say in the next few weeks. I think it will be published, that
report.
1128
But we have to consult and to be in constant communications with those
groups and unfortunately there are not too many of them in the province of
Québec. We can certainly commit to
remain in communications with these groups so that we are told that we have made
mistakes that we may not be aware of and will try to be better next
time.
1129
But creating ‑‑ and I will stop here; I know that I am a little
long.
1130
Creating an organization to sort of supervise the quality may not be very
efficient.
1131
COMMISSIONER SIMPSON: Would
you agree or choose to not agree that in absence of any uniform standards that
can be applied across the board that it would ‑‑ that if this Commission
was to find improvements in standards on an individual broadcaster basis is not
sufficient to the needs of groups with disabilities, it would be unrealistic for
us to not have to look at a condition of licence in position in the future for
something like that?
1132
You understand what I'm asking here, because we are trying to determine
the desire as well as the ability of a broadcaster to adhere to
standards.
1133
MR. TRÉPANIER: Well, if it's
possible to identify standards across the board in both languages, we
will ‑‑ first we have to maybe discuss that at the licence renewal because
of our particular voice recognition software, but we may very well conclude that
the standards are good for TVA as well in French. And then, you know, if everybody has a
condition of licence, we will accept of course to have a condition of
licence.
1134
COMMISSIONER SIMPSON: Thank
you very much.
1135
THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you,
Commissioner Simpson.
1136
Commissioner Molnar...?
1137
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: Thank
you. I have two questions and they
are very unrelated.
1138
I just want to follow up firstly as it relates to your broadcast
distribution Vidéotron. There was quite a discussion related to set‑top boxes
and so on and some of the issues related to delivering the described
video.
1139
The panel who was before you, if you were in the room you may have heard
that one of the options that came forward was as a transitional measure until
issues related to set‑top boxes and remotes are resolved. A transitional measure may be to provide
the full over the air or ‑‑ and I shouldn't put the number, but provide the
over the air described video on an open source basis using open
format.
1140
Do you have any comments on the proposal?
1141
MR. TRÉPANIER: Yes. Thank you for the
question.
1142
It comes down again to a question of bandwidth. If we are to distribute, let's say TVA
again twice, once open captioned and once closed captioned, or one with video
description and one without video description, it means a full
channel.
1143
If cable operators do distribute channels, both in the analog mode and
the digital mode, altogether it's more bandwidth than they actually
have.
1144
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: Just to
focus our conversation a little bit, assuming that you would offer the free
digital set‑top box and then potentially not require to offer this on the
analog, just your digital, can you do that?
1145
I'm not certain what capacity constraints would exist within the digital
environment.
1146
MR. TRÉPANIER: If we are
talking about video description, that's right, it would be on the digital mode
of distribution only and, as I said, it means adding ‑‑ for example, if
were talking about over the air television, it means adding about 10 TV station
channels, four TV stations in the Montréal area, and it will be terrible news
for those who are actually currently managing the
bandwidth.
1147
Maybe three years down the road it would be more feasible than it is now
because now is the crunch. Now is
the time where the high penetration tier has not been deleted or eliminated in
the analog mode. So this is a time
where bandwidth is very difficult to find.
1148
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR:
Okay. I am not certain that
I fully understand the capacity constraints on the digital side, but I'm going
to just move forward to my next question.
1149
My next question relates to your telecom operation.
1150
As a CLEC, I understand you provide message relay service to your
customers.
1151
MR. BÉLAND: Yes, that's
correct.
1152
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: As I'm
sure you are aware, in this proceeding one of the issues that is being examined
is enhancements to telecommunications relay service, both potentially and
examining potentials of an IP relay service or a video relay service and also
examining whether or not those should be regional or national service
offerings.
1153
I wondered if you had any comments as a new entrant ‑‑ I guess not
so new any more ‑‑ into the telecommunications side, your thoughts on
providing national IP relay or video relay or both.
1154
MR. BÉLAND: On the matter of
providing the services, to be frank, we don't have terribly much in the way of
comments because what distinguishes these services from, let's call it
traditional 711 service that's offered today is that the telephone service
provider, whether it be an incumbent or a new entrant, is very marginally
involved in the provision of these enhanced relay
services.
1155
I have looked at some of the video relay services in the United States,
for example, and for all intents and purposes they are Internet
applications. A person goes to an
Internet site, has some sort of account or identity on that site, clicks on the
appropriate links, is up and talking or signing with an interpreter, and then at
the very end of the process that interpreter dials into the traditional public
phone network.
1156
So the involvement of telephone companies is marginal and only at the
very end.
1157
So to be frank, we don't have terribly much to comment on in the way of
how these services are provided.
1158
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: Fair
enough. The provision may be
outside of any telecommunications service provider or maybe by selected service
providers. I don't think that has
been determined.
1159
How about the obligation as it relates to paying for the
services?
1160
Do you believe that should be symmetrical across all
communications?
1161
And let me ask you, because you will be soon much more active in the
wireless side: Do you believe
wireless should be part of the program as well as an access by wireless
customers and payment of the service by wireless carriers?
1162
MR. BÉLAND: The financing of
the service ‑‑ it's a social good.
That's what that service would be.
1163
Our first response would be that the most logical means of financing a
social good of that sort is through the government's own general revenues. Again, telecommunications companies or
telephone companies, whether they be wireline or wireless, are fairly marginally
involved in the actual provision of that service.
1164
The benefits of the service accrue to all economic sectors and Canadians
generally. If disabled groups have
greater access to communications, they are participating in the broader economy
much more generally than just their interactions without communications service
provider.
1165
So that would be our first comment.
The most logical place to finance that sort of initiative would be
through the government's general revenues.
1166
If it were to have to be financed through the entities that the CRTC
regulates, it would seem to us that if you go to first purposes, you want to
have the financing base that is as broad as possible. Given that this sort of service would be
a mix of telecommunications and Internet functions in pieces, it would seem
logical that you try to finance it on as broad a basis as
possible.
1167
The reason I'm saying that is I have in mind ‑‑ I know the way it is
financed in the U.S. is based I believe on long distance revenues or
services.
1168
I have seen at least one party ‑‑ I don't recall which one ‑‑
attempted to provide a logical justification for why that was done in the United
States having to do with long distance costs and that sort of thing, but I think
the true reason why it was done that way in the United States is for pure
jurisdictional and legal reasons related to what the FCC could tax and what they
couldn't tax.
1169
So all that to say I think the American precedent would probably well be
discarded and we would be better here in Canada to have a follow‑up consultation
to look at establishing the broadest base possible with the least opportunities
of escaping.
1170
COMMISSIONER MOLNAR: Thank
you.
1171
THE CHAIRPERSON: I just have
two quick ones as well.
1172
Do you provide MRS services in‑house or do you contract it
out?
1173
MR. BÉLAND: We contract
out.
1174
THE CHAIRPERSON: Okay. Can you file with the Commission, since
it is confidential, how much you have paid to this third party for MRS services
over the last 12 months?
1175
MR. BÉLAND: Most
certainly.
1176
THE CHAIRPERSON: The most
recent 12 months.
1177
MR. BÉLAND:
Certainly.
1178
THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank
you.
1179
Questions from legal?
1180
MS LEHOUX: A few
questions.
1181
Alors, Monsieur Trépanier, j'ai trois ou quatre questions à vous poser
pour compléter le dossier à l'égard de certains sujets.
1182
Dans un premier temps, on veut savoir un peu ce que vous pensez de
l'utilisation d'un guide audio tel que celui de Bell Télévision pour annoncer la
disponibilité de programmes décrits.
1183
Est‑ce que vous êtes au courant de ce que Bell offre, parce que je peux
vous le décrire pour vous donner une idée?
1184
M. TRÉPANIER : Je préférerais que vous me le décriviez. Je n'ai pas Bell à la
maison.
1185
MME LEHOUX : D'accord.
Alors, ce que Bell offre, son guide, en fait, est composé d'une narration
accompagnée de texte en grand format pour aviser le public des programmes pour
lesquels il existe la vidéo description.
1186
Donc, on veut savoir ce que vous en pensez et si vous seriez prêt à
mettre en place un tel service.
1187
M. TRÉPANIER : J'imagine que, durant l'audience actuelle, on pourra avoir
une idée de ce que les groupes concernés pensent de ce service‑là, et ça pourra
nous donner une idée approximative de l'efficacité de ce
service‑là.
1188
C'est déjà certainement une belle initiative, mais est‑ce que Vidéotron
trouverait pratique et utile de prendre un canal, qui serait un canal numérique,
donc, pour environ 52‑53 pour cent de sa clientèle, pour faire quelque chose de
comparable à Bell?
1189
Je n'ai pas la réponse aujourd'hui.
Je pense que suite à l'audience, on pourrait avoir une meilleure idée et
on pourrait évaluer les coûts et voir s'il s'agit d'une initiative qui serait
efficiente dans ce sens que le public visé l'apprécierait par rapport à ce que
ça pourrait coûter à Vidéotron.
1190
MME LEHOUX : Merci. La
deuxième question est par rapport aux plate‑formes des nouveaux médias, concerne
la plate‑forme des nouveaux médias.
1191
En ce qui a trait à la programmation qui est déjà sous‑titrée ou qui est
déjà vidéo‑décrite et qui est distribuée sur les plates‑formes conventionnelles,
pourriez‑vous élaborer sur la faisabilité de distribuer cette programmation‑là,
qui a déjà, par exemple, les sous‑titres, la distribuer sur la plate‑forme des
nouveaux médias, donc, la faisabilité et les coûts qui seraient associés à ça,
pour cette programmation‑là?
1192
M. TRÉPANIER: Lorsque l'on
parle de nouveaux médias, souvent, on parle en très grande partie de
l'Internet. On n'a pas évalué les
coûts de sous‑titrage sur Internet.
1193
On a fureté un peu pour réaliser qu'un des seuls sites au monde qui offre
le sous‑titrage, c'est la BBC, financée par l'état. Si personne d'autre au monde le fait,
c'est que probablement, il y a un coût important à le
faire.
1194
Est‑ce qu'on peut évaluer ce coût‑là et vous revenir? Sans doute. Mais est‑ce que, dans votre question,
vous faites allusion aussi à la vidéo sur demande quand vous parlez de
plates‑formes multimédias? Non,
vous parlez d'Internet. Alors, on
peut faire cette recherche‑là et vous revenir.
1195
MME LEHOUX : Parfait!
Merci.
1196
LE PRÉSIDENT : Merci beaucoup.
That concludes this witness.
Thank you very much.
1197
It is now 4 o'clock. We will
reconvene at 4:15.
1198
M. TRÉPANIER : Merci.
‑‑‑ Upon recessing at 1557 / Suspension à
1557
‑‑‑ Upon resuming at 1617 / Reprise à
1617
1199
THE CHAIRPERSON: Order,
please.
1200
Madam Secretary...?
1201
THE SECRETARY: Thank
you.
1202
Before we proceed, I would like to note that a letter from Bell Aliant,
Subject Broadcasting Notice of Public Hearing CRTC 2008‑8, Telecom Public Notice
CRTC 2008‑8, Unresolved Issues Related to the Accessibility of
Telecommunications and Broadcasting Services to Persons with Disabilities, dated
17 November, will be entered into the public record as Bell Canada Exhibit No.
1.
1203
A letter from the CAB dated 17 November 2008, Subject CAB's Action Plan
For Closed Captioning in Response to Public Notice CRTC 2007‑54, A New Policy
with Respect to Closed Captioning, will be entered into the public record as CAB
Exhibit No. 1.
1204
We will now proceed with our next presenter, the Canadian Association of
Broadcasters.
1205
Please introduce yourselves.
You will then have 15 minutes for your
presentation.
PRESENTATION /
PRÉSENTATION
1206
M. O'FARRELL : Merci, Madame la Secrétaire. Bon après‑midi, Monsieur le Président,
conseillers et membres du personnel du Conseil.
1207
My name is Glenn O'Farrell.
I am the President and CEO of the Canadian Association of
Broadcasters.
1208
I would like to start off by introducing the colleagues who have joined
me here this afternoon. Starting at
my far left is Susan Wheeler, Vice‑President of Regulatory Affairs, Rogers Media
Inc. Next to Susan is Jonathan Medline, Vice‑President of Regulatory Affairs,
CanWest Media Inc. Beside Jonathan,
nous avons Chantal Gagnon, vice‑présidente, Services techniques, Les Chaînes
Télé Astral, et Chantal est membre aussi du Comité de travail sur le
sous‑titrage codé.
1209
To my immediate left is David Goldstein, Senior Vice‑President of
Regulatory Affairs, CTV Globemedia Inc.
To my far right are Jay Thomson, CAB's VP Regulatory and Policy and
Pierre‑Louis Smith, CAB's Vice‑President Policy and Chief regulatory
Officer.
1210
Pierre‑Louis is also a member of both the French language working groups
on closed captioning.
1211
Mr. Chairman, Members of the Panel, at the outset I would like to
emphasize and take just a moment to remind this hearing and, for the record,
that as always the first objective of broadcasters is to serve audiences. That is the business that broadcasting
is all about.
1212
So at the core of that model is the very real necessity to constantly
attract and work very hard to retain viewers and listeners. Broadcasters do this by striving to meet
the needs of all segments of their audience.
1213
Meanwhile, no one in this hearing room ignores the very difficult current
realities that we currently face, perhaps the most difficult in recent memory,
and all sectors of the economy are facing is very real business
challenges.
1214
For broadcasters, as the Commission has recognized, there are also
fundamental structural changes and issues that must be addressed. As a result, tough decisions are being
made, cutbacks are occurring in the sector.
1215
Subsection 3(1)(p) of the Broadcasting Act, as you know, provides that
the Canadian broadcasting system should provide "programming accessible by
disabled persons as resources become available for that
purpose".
1216
When resources have been available, it is clear that broadcasters have
stepped up, having pioneered a number of initiatives that have greatly improved
accessibility to television programming for Canadians with hearing and vision
disabilities.
1217
For example, as part of this process the CAB commissioned and submitted a
first‑ever comprehensive study of described video in Canada. That study found that while broadcasters
face a number of challenges in getting programming described, not the least of
which is the inordinate cost of doing so, they are nevertheless still committed
to meeting their DV obligations.
1218
In terms of closed captioning, Canada's private broadcasters have made
significant investments of time, money and personnel in the research,
development and implementation of captioning technology and monitoring. In fact, private broadcasters have led
several important initiatives in this area dating as far back as 1992, including
the development of standards and protocols for closed captioning on
English‑language broadcasts.
1219
Plus récemment, nous avons entrepris, à la demande du Conseil, de
coordonner la mise sur pied d'un groupe de travail de langue française et d'un
autre de langue anglaise sur le sous‑titrage. Ces groupes de travail se composent de
représentants de services de télévision privés et publics et aussi de services
de télévision éducatifs et de représentants des Canadiens sourds et
malentendants.
1220
Le groupe de travail de langue anglaise centre son attention sur
l'actualisation du cadre d'application volontaire à l'intention des services de
télédiffusion privés de langue anglaise.
La version mise à jour de ce code deviendra la norme uniforme sur le
sous‑titrage pour tous les services de télévision publics, privés et éducatifs
de langue anglaise exploités au Canada.
1221
De son côté, le groupe de langue française élabore un manuel précisant
les normes et protocoles spécifiquement adaptées à la présentation du
sous‑titrage en français. Ces
nouvelles lignes directrices s'appliqueront à tous les services de télévision
exploités dans le marché de langue française.
1222
Tel que demandé par le Conseil, les rapports élaborés par les groupes de
travail, ainsi que les normes qu'ils proposent pour le sous‑titrage, seront
soumis à la fin de ce mois‑ci.
1223
Monsieur le Président, le tableau que nous vous avons remis compare le
Canada avec d'autres pays et il démontre clairement que le système de
radiodiffusion canadien est un chef de file mondial dans le domaine des services
offerts à nos citoyens handicapés.
1224
The chart appended to our presentation this afternoon presents in overall
terms both current and forthcoming broadcasting services for the hearing and
vision disability communities where only in the U.K., with its very significant
public broadcasting focus through the very well‑funded BBC, is comparable to
Canada.
1225
As you know, the U.S. has no described video obligations. Australia has no described video
obligations and minimal closed captioning rules. A number of European countries have no
accessibility rules for their broadcasters whatsoever.
1226
Moreover, the initiatives adopted by Canadian broadcasters to serve the
disability community go beyond closed captioning and described
video.
1227
As you know, in 2005 the CAB released a report on the presence, portrayal
and participation of persons with disabilities in television programming. Our industry is proud of its progressive
approach to the development and delivery of several important initiatives that
stemmed from the extensive research and consultations that formed the basis for
this report.
1228
You will recall these include:
a PSA campaign called Open Your Mind; guidelines on language and
terminology for use by broadcast news professionals; a widely distributed
brochure on employment opportunities aimed at improving the participation of
persons with disabilities in the industry; revisions to the CAB's best practices
for cultural diversity to include people with disabilities, with CAB and its
large members filing with the Commission annual reports which describe their
diversity initiatives.
1229
And finally, the CAB's new equitable portrayal guide ‑‑ code, pardon
me ‑‑ the first of its kind in the world. The revised code is being made available
across Canada in 42 languages and in multiple formats.
1230
In addition, this very week we will be offering our English members an
online diversity seminar or, if you will, a webinar, which, amongst other
things, will look at common workplace barriers faced by people with disabilities
and look at some basic cost effective solutions for employers to address those
barriers.
1231
A similar webinar for our French members is in the
works.
1232
Mr. Chairman, given all these Commission actions and broadcaster
initiatives over many years, and including recent years, it is no surprise that,
as we understand it, this current process was originally intended to focus on
accessibility issues relating solely to telecom services.
1233
It is equally of no surprise that the written submissions of individuals
and organizations representing the disability community have also related
primarily to telecom issues, as well as to terminal equipment, especially for
wireless devices.
1234
However, to a limited extent those interveners have also addressed
broadcasting matters and their comments have focused on enhancing the services
broadcasters already provide and which I have already
described.
1235
While we appreciate where they are coming from and we respect that point
of view, we urge the Commission to appreciate the very real resource issue that
broadcasters currently face.
1236
You will hear more details from individual broadcasters in the context of
their upcoming licence renewals, but there is no denying the challenging
financial state of the industry in the wider context of the current economic
difficulties that we all face.
1237
In this economy we submit the Commission must appreciate that even
maintaining current levels of services will be challenging. That being said, we believe there are
still ways we can work to enhance the services that are provided to Canadians by
private broadcasters to Canadians with hearing and vision
disabilities.
1238
Pierre‑Louis...?
1239
M. SMITH : Merci. Merci,
Glenn.
1240
À cette fin, Monsieur le Président, nous recommandons que le groupe de
travail de langue française et celui de langue anglaise sur le sous‑titrage
demeurent actifs au‑delà de leur présent mandat. Nous aurons ainsi un moyen précieux pour
permettre aux spécialistes d'échanger sur les enjeux relatifs au sous‑titrage et
nous disposerons aussi d'un forum axé sur les solutions qui pourrait continuer à
élaborer des pratiques exemplaires qui répondent aux besoins des sourds et des
malentendants.
1241
Nous recommandons également d'inviter des représentants des entreprises
de distribution et de radiodiffusion à participer à ces groupes de travail. Ainsi, les groupes de travail pourront
continuer dans un avenir prévisible à aborder les questions touchant la totalité
de la chaîne de communication du sous‑titrage.
1242
Jay...?
1243
MR. THOMSON: As regards
described video, we note that one of the key findings of the study we submitted
in this process and reflected again in the comments of parties before you this
morning and this afternoon, is that most viewers simply don't know when
described video programming is scheduled.
This is certainly an area where we are prepared to take some decisive
steps over the short term.
1244
Specifically, the CAB is prepared to proactively undertake the formation
of a multi‑stakeholder working group with a 12‑month mandate to come up with a
plan with specific recommendations to better promote available DV
programming.
1245
We expect this initiative, in tandem with the upcoming launch of The
Accessible Channel, will have a huge impact on consumer awareness regarding when
and where described programming is available. As the Commission stated when it
licensed The Accessible Channel, given that the service will offer 100 per cent
open format DV and provide various types of programming to blind and visually
impaired Canadians, it will be of exceptional importance to fulfilling the
objectives of the Broadcasting Act.
1246
We also hope that some day there will be a similar initiative or service
in French to address the needs of French‑speaking Canadians who are blind or
vision impaired.
1247
Glenn...?
1248
MR. O'FARRELL: In
conclusion, it is important to remember, as I stated at the outset of this
presentation, that broadcasters are audience driven. At the core of our business model is the
necessity to constantly attract new viewers and new listeners. To put it simply, it is in our best
interests, where resources permit, to respond decisively to the needs of all
segments of our audience.
1249
It is our view that the industry, through its own initiative, has made
enormous strides in recent years in serving the needs of Canadians with
disabilities. When it comes to
accessibility, Canada's private broadcasters have a proud record of having
backed their verbal commitments with substantial investments which are not
matched anywhere else, to our knowledge, in the
world.
1250
We would be pleased to take your questions. Thank you very
much.
1251
THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you
very much for your presentation.
1252
One cannot help but open the papers up and read what has been happening
in the whole world, let alone in the broadcasting industry in Canada, and so
your points are well noted as well.
1253
I would ask Commissioner Denton to begin the
questions.
1254
COMMISSIONER DENTON: Good
afternoon, ladies and gentlemen.
1255
I hear in your speech mentions of costs, that you are audience driven and
current economic climate of which I wish to repeat we are all too well
aware. Also the particular phrase,
where resources permit.
1256
I now have a series of questions to ask you that basically get into the
issues of where resources permit.
You may not have the answers to these questions today. We can take notice and have them
answered later.
1257
So you can say I don't know, which is a perfectly acceptable answer, but
we are going to be probing certain areas where you may not have this information
ready. We are going to be trying to
find factual answers to what are basically quite factual
questions.
1258
So bear with me as the questions may proceed to sound as if we haven't
heard you, but we have heard you but now we have to ask the cost‑related
questions and the detail oriented questions that come with this
proceeding.
1259
So I'm going to ask you questions first of all about closed captioning,
then about described video and then we are going to deal with some questions
related to services delivered across the Internet and finally some last question
on emergency services.
1260
But the bulk will be on closed captioning and described video. So let's start.
1261
The issue concerns the quality control practices regarding captioning by
licensees. Are there in fact
quality control programs instituted by broadcasters; and, if so, what do they
consist of?
1262
MR. O'FARRELL: I will ask
Pierre‑Louis Smith to address that question.
1263
MR. SMITH: Thank you,
Glenn.
1264
That issue has been discussed in the context of both the closed
captioning working group in English and in French. Some broadcasters have sort of rules of
procedure with respect to the control of quality of their closed
captioning. Some others are in the
process of developing that.
1265
One of the recommendations of both working groups is that it is important
that each broadcaster develop such rules of procedure to ensure quality control
from the onset or at the production level, if you will, up until the moment that
the signal leaves the broadcaster or the transmission
centre.
1266
We cannot go for a one‑size‑fits‑all type of approach in terms of quality
control type of measures, because each broadcaster's situation is
different. Some broadcasters, for
instance ‑‑ take an example of Showcase. It is relying almost exclusively on what
we call pre‑produced or acquired programming and therefore the closed captioning
is already integrated in the program that they are acquiring in most
part.
1267
So it is a little bit easier for them to make the quality control
verification, if you will.
1268
For some other broadcasters it is much more complicated. If you take a service like The Score or
AVS for CTV, which are pretty much live captioning all the time, therefore it's
a little bit complicated.
1269
Some broadcasters, like I said ‑‑ and I will ask Susan maybe to
develop a little bit on what CTV ‑‑ sorry, what Rogers Sportsnet has
developed in terms of rules of procedure and have responded to the need of
providing quality control.
1270
Susan...?
1271
MS WHEELER: Thank you,
Pierre‑Louis.
1272
Yes, we experience some difficulty with our closed captioning on
Sportsnet in particular because of the level of live captioning that is required
for sporting events.
1273
In response to complaints from Henry Vlug in particular, that caused us
to reevaluate the protocols that we currently had in place to see how we could
improve them. That review was
actually quite helpful I believe to both our ability to offer better quality
service to our audience and also in terms of giving the stakeholder, the
end‑user, more satisfaction in terms of the responsiveness of the
broadcaster.
1274
This was outlined in detail and I believe the Commission has it on the
public record as our response to Mr. Vlug, and he has referenced it in his reply
as well. But it does come down to
really being able to customize your individual service and have protocols that
are really unique to the nature of the service that you are
providing.
1275
So the protocols for Sportsnet could be completely different from the
protocols for City, for instance, or Omni for that matter, and I can tell you
that that is largely the case.
1276
MR. MEDLINE: Maybe more for
the purpose of illustration, I could talk about what Canwest ‑‑ you know,
when we read some of the interventions, it came across that perhaps some people
don't realize the sheer amount of work that broadcasters, in their various
configurations, do behind the scenes in terms of monitoring closed
captioning.
1277
For instance, for us, we have a third party do much of our live
captioning. We have a service level
agreement with those guys, so there is some contractual
protection.
1278
They, themselves, have procedures in place to make sure there is a signal
10 minutes before we go to air, so that it is not a last‑minute
rush.
1279
They also have random spot checks on their captions every day, to see
what that is.
1280
And, then, internally ‑‑ so that's the third party ‑‑
internally ‑‑ and all broadcasters will have some configuration about
this ‑‑ we have multiple checks and balances on
quality.
1281
We have a master control in Calgary that monitors all television
signals. We have a national
operations centre in Winnipeg that has a computerized system that, if captioning
goes off for more than 30 seconds, it alerts ‑‑ there is an electronic
alert at any of our stations. That
goes to the local station, which is also monitoring the closed
captioning.
1282
The one thing that I should point out, though, is that closed captioning
is a chain of events, and broadcasters are an important part of the chain, but
we are not the final part of the chain.
There are also the BDUs for most of our customers who receive their
television signals, and also the television itself, or the tuner
itself.
1283
Along that value chain, if there are problems, it is not always at the
broadcaster, it can sometimes be at the BDU, or at the set‑top box level, or at
the television level.
1284
But I think it is safe to say that all broadcasters are doing an awful
lot of work, and maybe we haven't promoted ourselves well enough to explain
that.
1285
MR. SMITH: Just to add, not
only to that, but to piggyback a bit on what Jonathan has just said, there is a
misunderstanding, and we need to provide more information with respect to what
is involved in terms of the work to do closed captioning. It is not a question of not paying
attention or not being willing to put the effort in. Sometimes errors do happen, whether
because of the limitations of the technology we are using, or whether it is
human error. It
happens.
1286
COMMISSIONER DENTON:
Noted.
1287
Does Quality Control focus on ensuring that the captioning signal is
itself transmitted?
1288
Can anyone answer that?
1289
MR. O'FARRELL: I think the
short answer is ‑‑ I think that what you have heard in the way of
illustrative examples is yes, but one has to step back and look
at ‑‑
1290
And I believe that Mr. Trépanier said it earlier with regard to some of
the questions that Madame Lamarre was asking him about certain services versus
certain other services. I think the
expression he used was that "chaque chaîne a sa propre
économie."
1291
In other words, it functions in its own universe on the basis of the
nature of the service that it provides and how it actually
operates.
1292
Therefore, that is why it is hard, or difficult to provide a
one‑size‑fits‑all response, as Pierre‑Louis was suggesting earlier, that goes
across the board in an identical way.
1293
The broad answer to your broad question is yes, but then you have to
drill down and you have to reflect the individuality of each individual service
to do honour and justice to the question you ask in a detailed
way.
1294
COMMISSIONER DENTON: I
suppose that we could ask each question individually of broadcasters, but that
might obviate the utility of the CAB.
1295
If we have to, I guess we will, but I will take that under
advisement.
1296
MR. O'FARRELL: Be my
guest.
‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires
1297
COMMISSIONER DENTON: The
costs associated with these measures, would anyone care to ‑‑ I would like
to hear some dollar figures, please, as to the order of magnitude of these kinds
of costs.
1298
MR. SMITH: We haven't done
any type of analysis in terms of the cost of quality control. I would rely on my colleagues from the
enterprise to provide you with the answer, if the answer has been
evaluated.
1299
MR. O'FARRELL: We have no
industry‑wide costs, if that is the question you are asking,
Commissioner.
1300
COMMISSIONER DENTON: No, but
you have them specific ‑‑
1301
Would anyone like to speak to them specific to their particular
companies?
1302
MR. GOLDSTEIN: Again, we
don't mean to avoid the question, but it's a bit like apples and oranges, and it
depends on what kind of programming you are captioning.
1303
Frankly, we are factoring it in as part of the ‑‑ the Quality
Control element is being factored ‑‑ as part of the cost of captioning, it
is being reflected in either the costs of our internal department or the
external suppliers we are using.
1304
Then you go to, sort of, the average captioning costs, which vary,
depending, obviously, on what kind of programming you are looking at, which was
Pierre‑Louis' point.
1305
Just perhaps to go on the record with the size of the universe, for CTV
alone, in 2006‑07, we did 121,957 hours of captioned programming just on the
conventional networks, and those are in both national and local news, so you can
see where it is difficult to derive a specific captioning cost, and therefore,
within that captioning cost, what would be allocated to Quality
Control.
1306
It is not a line item, and while we don't want to seem to be avoiding the
question, it is a difficult one for us to drill down to.
1307
COMMISSIONER DENTON: Take it
in the order of magnitude of just the costs to you of captioning as a
whole.
1308
MR. O'FARRELL: Again, under
the heading of being perfectly clear, we do not have an industry‑wide response
to all captioning done by the private broadcasting sector in any given year that
we can give to you at this point in time.
1309
If, for illustrative purposes, you are interested in what has been
discussed at the working group levels, and what information is exchanged at that
level as the currency of current practices, we certainly are happy to share that
with you, or any other particular details that any one of the representatives of
the corporate groups would like to provide.
1310
But I just want to be clear that we don't have the
industry‑wide ‑‑
1311
COMMISSIONER DENTON: No, I
understand that perfectly, Mr. O'Farrell.
I would like to know for myself what the order of magnitude of these
costs is for the various companies that compose your
group.
1312
MR. SMITH: At the working
group level, what we have focused on is more in terms of the human resources
that are required to provide closed captioning, and to attain the 100 percent
closed captioning set out in Public Notice 2007‑54.
1313
In the case of some broadcasters who are providing closed captioning
internally ‑‑ and I can talk of a former member, because Quebecor appeared
before us ‑‑ the increase in terms of resources has gone from 5 people
working on closed captioning in 2001 to, currently, 35 people in 2007, and
according to the information that I have been given, 40 people starting in
2009.
1314
So you can see that there has been a significant increase in terms of
resources being provided.
1315
We haven't discussed at the working group level actual figures in terms
of the costs of closed captioning, except for the fact to make differences
between some ‑‑ providing or paying for some type of format for closed
captioning versus other ‑‑ like providing pop‑on captioning versus roll‑up
captioning, for instance.
1316
But there is no indication, broadly speaking, in terms of
numbers.
1317
MR. MEDLINE: We could maybe
speak to the hourly cost, as opposed to the overall cost.
1318
The hourly cost for closed captioning, at least for English‑language
broadcasters, if they are using a third party ‑‑ it's a lot harder if you
are looking at the internal cost, because there you are dealing with overhead,
but if you are looking at third party, the range would be in the $165 to $300
range per hour, depending on the nature of the program, whether it's live or
whether it's taped.
1319
That is the range you would be looking at.
1320
COMMISSIONER DENTON: Thank
you.
1321
Is it my understanding that your working groups are, in fact, developing
internal quality control policies for closed
captioning?
1322
MR. SMITH: What we have
done, Mr. Commissioner, is to discuss the issue of how do we achieve quality
control with respect to closed captioning, and the recommendation of both
working groups was to have licensees, or broadcasters, at the time of their
licence renewal, come up to the Commission and propose their own rules of
procedure, or guidelines, in terms of how they will ensure quality
control.
1323
Once again, the idea is that we cannot apply a one‑size‑fits‑all approach
because the circumstances of licensees or broadcasters are different from one
broadcaster or one TV programming service to the next.
1324
COMMISSIONER DENTON: Then,
would it be appropriate to establish, by Condition of Licence, universal
standards that have been agreed upon by your closed captioning working
groups?
1325
Would it be appropriate to establish, by Condition of Licence, the
standards that have been established by your closed captioning working
groups?
1326
MR. O'FARRELL: Mr.
Commissioner, we would expect that that question would be best put to individual
licensees, or the corporate groups, when they are before you for licence
renewal. We are not here to agree
or to suggest that that is appropriate as a matter of an industry or a sectoral
position.
1327
Those are discussions that, I think, are best had, as they always are
best had, in terms of Conditions of Licences, with individual licensees, who can
make the best representations on their particular circumstances, and the need or
the absence of a need for such requirements.
1328
COMMISSIONER DENTON: Turning
now to another question, it has been put on the table by one of the participants
that we need to establish an error rate in order to measure captioning
accuracy. How do you identify
errors and track them?
1329
MR. SMITH: Thank you for
that question.
1330
We have had numerous discussions at the working group level, both English
and French, on the issue of error rates:
how do we define "errors", how do we establish what's reasonable, what's
acceptable, and one of the comments that the users' representative, at least on
the French side, and also Pierre Dumouchel, who is the head of CRIM, who's a
sort of a think tank, a university think tank that
developed ‑‑
1331
COMMISSIONER DENTON: I'm
aware of it.
1332
MR. SMITH: That's
right. Thank you ‑‑ and both
Mr. Richard McNicoll and Mr. Dumouchel were saying that it's very difficult to
establish an error rate and to define what "error" might constitute and that
they need more time in discussions within the working group, and probably some
additional research, to be able to help the working group come up with something
that could be acceptable.
1333
And let me be clear here, it's related to live captioning to make the
distinction between, you know, what is a faute d'orthographe versus an error
that could have an influence, in terms of the meaning of the
sentence.
1334
And without any type of complaint here, I was just looking at the
captioning, in French, notably, and during the appearance of Quebecor just
before us, I have counted at least 50 errors just during that period of
time. And those errors are not
because it's not well done, it's just it's the limitation of the
technology.
1335
And it was one person speaking slowly to another person; whereas, as you
know, on television you have all kinds of interaction between people appearing,
whether it's a sportscast or it's a newscast or it's, you know, Election 2008,
where there's all kinds of different information that are provided at the same
time.
1336
So it's very difficult to establish, you know, a carved‑in‑stone error
rate and a definition of what constitutes "error" and, based on that, to be able
to build on what is reasonable, what is the ball park that is
acceptable.
1337
COMMISSIONER DENTON: Granted
the difficulty of doing so, have you attempted to do so and what are your
results so far?
1338
MR. SMITH: Well, we have
attempted to do so. We have had
numerous discussions, both within the English working group and the French
working group, and the sort of the conclusion at this point in time, sir, is
that it would be more prudent and it would be best for both the users and the
broadcasters that more time be allowed to do additional research and to do
additional consultation and additional discussions on the issue. That's what I can
report.
1339
MR. O'FARRELL: I assure you,
Mr. Commission, that my colleague's response is not designed to be a teaser for
you to want to read that report, when it's available, to go looking for it, we
are giving you the best information we have on the nature of the discussions to
date.
1340
And the conclusions are as we see them, but the report will speak for
itself when we file it at the end of the month, and it will be there on the
public record for others to look at it, as well.
1341
COMMISSIONER DENTON: So
noted. Thank
you.
1342
I would like to ask your opinion of the usefulness of voice recognition
technology for the effective delivery of captioning. Is there a collective view on
this?
1343
MR. O'FARRELL: Well, that
has been discussed again at the working group, so I will Pierre‑Louis to address
that.
1344
MR. SMITH: We have been
careful in the discussions that we have had to take into consideration the fact
that broadcasters are using different types of technologies. Some broadcasters are still using
stenotypists for the live captioning.
I know that's what CBC is currently doing, and Radio‑Canada as well. Some other broadcasters are using voice
recognition as a way to provide live
captioning.
1345
I can only speak from a personal experience. I have witnessed or have seen how it's
being done and I was personally amazed at the quality or the fact that it is a
system that could, in certain types of environment, like a newscast, for
instance, provide tremendous quality captioning within less than five seconds,
in terms of transmission between when the person speaking on the air is talking,
the person that has to repeat the information is repeating the information, the
software transcribing it into closed captioning and the transmission that goes
to the street.
1346
MME GAGNON : Si je peux juste ajouter une petite
information.
1347
Au fond, ce qu'on demande à un logiciel dans ce cas‑ci, c'est de
travailler comme un cerveau humain, puis d'être capable de faire des
associations phonétiques qui forment des mots, et le problème est justement là,
c'est que souvent, ces associations‑là ne se font pas ou se font d'une façon
différence de ce qu'on essaie d'exprimer, puis c'est ce qui cause les erreurs de
compréhension, qui sont probablement les erreurs, je dirais, les plus graves en
ondes pour le sous‑titrage en direct.
1348
COMMISSIONER DENTON:
Noted.
1349
So, then perhaps this gets into the next question, is really the strength
and weaknesses of existing stenography versus voice recognition
technology.
1350
Anyone want to add to your point, Chantal?
1351
MME GAGNON : Je dirais que c'est sensiblement le même problème pour la
sténotypie aussi. Je crois que ce qu'on reconnaît, c'est plus des phonèmes ou
des débuts de mot, et je ne sais pas jusqu'à quel point un est plus précis par
rapport à l'autre, mais je pense que dans les cas de sous‑titrage en direct,
dans les deux situations, on a cette même problématique‑là, alors que dans les
cas où on peut faire du sous‑titrage en différé ou en post‑production
préalablement, il y a plusieurs étapes de vérification qui se font et où on peut
procéder à des corrections de fautes d'orthographe ou de mots qui ne sont pas
les bons mots qui étaient exprimés.
1352
COMMISSIONER DENTON:
Good.
1353
MR. O'FARRELL: The CAB has
looked into voice recognition technology on the English side in 2005 in response
to some questions from the Canadian Association for the Deaf. I think it was referenced in the CAB's
submissions. There, at least on the
English side, it was recognized that at the time, and I think it's still safe to
say, that if you went to voice recognition technology you would experience
higher error rates.
1354
It may be cheaper, frankly, to go to a software solution but you would
experience much higher error rates, given the various difficulties: different accents, different people, you
have got train the systems, and, you know, newscasts that can be very difficult,
amongst other different types of programming, so the stenography solution is
still used, for the most part, by most English‑language broadcasters I think in
order to keep the error rates to a reasonable level.
1355
MME GAGNON : En fait, je dirais c'est un peu la même problématique pour
un Canadien qui va en Europe. Que
ce soit un Québécois en France ou un Canadien anglais en Angleterre, on a de la
difficulté à se comprendre déjà là, et pourtant, on parle la même langue. C'est des gens intelligents qui
s'écoutent et qui utilisent les mêmes mots, mais parfois, il y a de la
difficulté de compréhension.
1356
COMMISSIONER DENTON: Good,
thank you.
1357
Now here's a question you are all going to enjoy answering because you
can now talk about BDUs. So would
you please elaborate, with examples, on your assertions that BDUs have a role to
play in ensuring captioning quality?
1358
MR. O'FARRELL: I think I
will ask Mr. Medline to pick up where he left off on his chain
of ‑‑basically, the value proposition or the value chain, but I think it's
clear, Mr. Commissioner, that it's not a matter of pointing a finger, it's a
matter of the looking at things for what they are, and, realistically, where
consumers actually access the programming is overwhelming through subscriber
services that they purchase from BDUs, be they cable or
satellite.
1359
Ultimately, that has to be part of the scrutiny of this situation to
assist in finding out what needs to be discovered, in terms of where things are
at and where things could be improved.
But, as Jonathan said, it's not just the BDUs, there are other elements
along the way.
1360
So it's not just to say BDUs should be put on the hotseat here, there's a
responsibility and there's a bit of ownership that has to be taken there, but I
think there are other players, as well.
1361
Jonathan?
1362
MR. MEDLINE:
Sure.
1363
So Glen's right, 92 percent of our customers nation‑wide receive it
through some form of BDU, so 92 percent of Canadians will receive their
captioning with a BDU somewhere in that chain of events.
1364
And I think other broadcasters probably do this too, we monitor the
signal that comes not just out of our studios or out of master control or out of
our transmitters, but also for as many BDUs as we can, especially the larger
BDUs, to see whether there's problems on that end. We need to know if it's our problem if
captioning, for instance, drops or if it was only a particular BDU where it
dropped.
1365
So the fact is on technical issues like that it is in various parts of
the chain. Sometimes it's something
in our shop, sometimes at the local station, sometimes it's somewhere along the
chain, sometimes at the BDU, sometimes at the end user set. That really is just the reality of
it.
1366
Again, I don't think we are pointing fingers, it's just it is the reality
of getting it to 92 percent of the Canadian
population.
1367
MR. GOLDSTEIN: And if I can
just add to that, Commissioner, and I don't often do this but I'm going to throw
a laurel to my friends in the BDU industry, they have their own challenges to
bear on this. I think Mr. Trépanier
raised the issue himself with the configuration of set‑top boxes and that,
because of the absence of regulation in the United States and because while he
and the other BDUs in this country may be large customers here, they are not
large customers in a North American context, and therefore specifications to
those boxes can be difficult.
1368
We are also looking at issues regarding television manufacturers. And this is an issue that we had some
time ago back when we were having discussion about a V‑chip, but, you know,
these are also an area where errors come to play.
1369
I think we are in a fragile situation, not one that can't be corrected,
but a fragile situation, as we all make the transition to digital, both for
over‑the‑air television and specialty because, just to get on top of John's
point, 92 percent of our viewers are over‑the‑air viewers who are actually
watching via BDU, but 100 percent of the specialty viewers are watching via
BDU.
1370
So how we all make that digital transition together is going to impact on
several issues, this not being the least of them.
1371
COMMISSIONER DENTON:
Noted. So I would say that
from what I'm hearing that, though they may have some responsibility in
principle, I'm not hearing complaints in
practice.
1372
MR. O'FARRELL: I think that
what we are saying is we are not coming here with any specific complaints that
we wish to put on the record for this hearing in specific terms, but I think
what we are saying is that the overall chain has to be examined for the reality
of the distribution that flows from the way programs are consumed by
Canadians.
1373
Ultimately, part of that chain includes a BDU. And to the extent that there are
circumstances where there is the possibility for a BDU having failed or having
created a situation that does not allow for the orderly delivery of the
programming service with the captioning in it as it was originally transmitted
by the originating station, there's an issue there. And David takes it a step further and
says, well, what about the set‑top boxes themselves, and then, of course, the
manufacturers?
1374
So I think what we are saying here is this is an exercise which we are
happy to participate in and look at what can be done to look at solutions going
forward and we are saying the broader picture has to be on the table and all of
the components in the equation should be considered in their respective role in
delivering signals, with captioning in the signals, to Canadian
consumers.
1375
MR. SMITH: And if I may add,
this is why both working groups are recommending unanimously that the working
group composition be extended to have also BDU representatives around the
table. Because that way we are able
to exchange on issues that are all the way through the communication
chain.
1376
And that allows me, just to set the record straight ‑‑ and I don't
want to contradict my dear friend Edouard Trepanier, but I will, with his
benediction ‑‑ we are inviting BDUs, including Vidéotron, to be part of the
working groups, but also just to let you know that TVA is a member of good
standing of those working groups.
Actually, in fact, we are meeting at TVA for the next meeting of the
French working group.
1377
Thank you.
1378
COMMISSIONER DENTON: Thank
you.
1379
I'm going to turn now to the issue of described videos, we are going to
change the topic somewhat here, and ‑‑
1380
MR. O'FARRELL: Commissioner
Denton, before you leave this, could I just make one point, if I may, very, very
quickly, simply because I think that it's a good reference point for the
Commission ‑‑ I just want to take 30 seconds to walk you through it ‑‑
and that's the summary grid that we attached.
1381
We are not suggesting that this is an exhaustive grid, but we think it's
a representative grid of where broadcasters are and where their obligations are
across the world. And when you look
at it and you compare what is occurring in Canada, by way of this Commission's
leadership and the leadership of private broadcasters, as compared to the United
States, the UK, Ireland, France and Australia, the Canadian situation is in the
leadership position.
1382
And I think that shouldn't be lost on any of us, particularly when we are
in the circumstances that we were describing earlier: about the difficult economic times. It was where resources were available
that it allowed us to get this far, and I think what you hear is an undertaking
to maintain that.
1383
That's not necessarily going to be without challenges, but we are in a
very good position, as compared to the accessibility measures that are available
for captioning in other countries, at least those that are on this
chart.
1384
Thank you.
1385
COMMISSIONER DENTON:
Noted. Good
advertising.
1386
And just let me say that the question of where resources permit requires
us to ask question bearing on dollars and what it costs you, so that the more
you can supply us about what dollars ‑‑ what it costs you and what
additional measures cost you, the better we can evaluate some of these things,
some of these proposals that are made to add to your cost base. So that's the point of asking direct
questions about money.
1387
MR. O'FARRELL: Well, as a
follow‑up advertising ‑‑
1388
COMMISSIONER DENTON: You are
incorrigible!
1389
MR. O'FARRELL: As a
follow‑up advertising, I would say that we have come this far thanks to the
concern that the Commission brought to this task and the approach that was
brought to the assessment of what resources were available at that time as the
various measures were brought forward and
adopted.
1390
And when I look at other countries, where, arguably, whether it's the UK,
Ireland, France or Australia, circumstances there were not altogether similar
but were not altogether dissimilar to the circumstances in Canada and their
accessibility measures are far below ours, I just think that it's something that
is worth noting, even be it twice.
My apologies.
1391
MR. SMITH: And also the
footnotes, because if you look at the U.S., for
instance ‑‑
1392
COMMISSIONER DENTON: The
less you advertise, the sooner you are going to get out of here,
so....
1393
MR. SMITH: I was just
wanting to point out that even though we mentioned that it's 100 percent of
programming that is to be closed captioned, it only applies for programming that
has been made since 2006. For
programming pre‑2006, the level of captioning is 75
percent.
1394
Thank you.
1395
COMMISSIONER DENTON:
Noted.
1396
I want to go to the costs of described video, and we want to get some
elaboration on some of the figures you have presented. You cited a figure that included $800
per half hour for post‑production costs and our question is: does this cost apply equally regardless
of the type of production being described?
1397
MR. O'FARRELL: I'm going to
ask Jay Thomson to answer that, and I believe that Chantal Gagnon may wish to
add something as well.
1398
Jay?
1399
MR. THOMSON: In the
English‑language market the average price is in the neighbourhood of $800 a half
hour and in the French market or for French programming the average price is
$1,750 for an hour, or half that for half an hour. So those are just average prices, we
don't have details as to the exact amount per program
category.
1400
COMMISSIONER DENTON:
Okay. That's an answer. So you don't know the answer to that
question?
1401
MR. THOMSON:
Correct.
1402
COMMISSIONER DENTON:
Good.
1403
MS GAGNON: Maybe I can add
something.
1404
COMMISSIONER DENTON:
Certainly.
1405
MME GAGNON : Si je peux juste expliquer un petit peu pourquoi il y a des
frais de post‑production.
1406
C'est qu'au niveau de la vidéodescription, ce qui se passe vraiment,
c'est que ça ressemble plus à de la production de contenu qu'à vraiment une
retranscription comme ce qui se passe pour le sous‑titrage. C'est‑à‑dire on écoute quelque chose, et
on retranscrit textuellement ce qui est dit.
1407
Dans le cas de la vidéonarration, au fond, c'est vraiment on crée une
nouvelle trame sonore, une nouvelle trame de narration. Donc, il y a des frais de...
c'est‑à‑dire que quelqu'un doit écrire un texte. Mais avant tout, il faut que quelqu'un
visionne le document, regarde où est‑ce qu'il y a des emplacements où on peut
insérer des commentaires. Ensuite
de ça, on doit écrire les textes qui doivent être placés à ces endroits‑là,
enregistrer les voix en chronométrant pour que, évidemment, ça entre entre les
dialogues qui sont déjà existants.
Par la suite, il faut aller en salle de montage pour mixer ces
commentaires‑là avec la trame sonore qui est déjà existante. Il faut recoucher la piste audio,
ensuite, sur le document.
1408
Donc, c'est tous ces frais‑là qui augmentent, je dirais, le coût par
rapport au sous‑titrage.
1409
CONSEILLER DENTON : Oui, on comprend ces faits. Merci.
1410
Okay, the next question was the same order of question. You cited the $125,000 in annual
post‑production costs for three English and French
series.
1411
Now, how is that figure determined.
1412
MR. THOMSON: Well, the study
was undertaken by an independent consultant and the information that we have
available, in terms of how that number was derived at, is only what's on the
record.
1413
COMMISSIONER DENTON: In
other words, we don't know more than just that it's the consultant's
determination?
1414
MR. THOMSON: That's
right.
1415
COMMISSIONER DENTON: You
cited another figure of $30,000 in annual costs to broadcasters for
distribution, including how this number would vary if the number of hours of
programming were increased.
1416
How is that $30,000 figure derived and how would it vary if the number of
hours to be described were increased?
So how was that figure derived and how would it vary if the number of
hours would increase?
1417
MR. THOMSON: I'm sorry to
say that my answer would be the same:
that's a figure that was produced by our independent consultant. We put the study forward as an objective
document that we did not ourselves, and the association, have input into in
terms of determining the numbers or the background to the numbers. So the numbers stand for
themselves.
1418
MR. O'FARRELL: Mr.
Commissioner, if those questions are significant, we could certainly ask the
independent consultant to provide whatever background calculations are not on
the record to perhaps further ‑‑
1419
COMMISSIONER DENTON:
Everything that helps us to determine real dollars helps us to answer the
question, so the answer is yes.
1420
MR. O'FARRELL: So we would
be happy to ask the consultant to do that.
1421
COMMISSIONER DENTON:
Good. Thank you. So noted.
1422
One of the concepts under consideration is a programming fund for
described video, and the questions I'm about to ask bear on the operation of
such a hypothetical fund.
1423
In relation to this programming or funding pool has thought been given to
how these resources would be pooled for a described video
fund?
1424
MR. THOMSON: Well, I think
it's fair to say that we have not suggested that there be such a fund
created. I believe that may have
been from some other intervenors and has been targeted at BDUs as being the
potential payors into that fund. So
we have not done any research or we have not looked into the concept of how such
a fund might be administered.
1425
COMMISSIONER DENTON: So
noted. Thank
you.
1426
One of the proposals by a certain Mr. Eadie at his hearing was that all
subscribers be charged 20 cents per month to create an accessibility fund for
described video. Would such a fund
be used? And if so,
why?
1427
MR. O'FARRELL: We have not
discussed or we don't have a position on that proposal, Mr.
Commissioner.
1428
COMMISSIONER DENTON: Thank
you.
1429
This is probably a question that you are able to
answer.
1430
What other genres, apart from dramas, documentaries and children's
programming, lend themselves well to described
video?
1431
MR. THOMSON: Well, if I may
start, the issue that is raised about genres for described video, and the
limitations that arguable are put on those areas, and why it's potentially a
problem, it starts at the principal level, I think, and with a sense of what the
blind and visually impaired community may very well be interested in in terms of
programming. They could very well
be interested in programming that goes beyond the genres the Commission has
identified as qualifying for the obligations that are imposed by Condition of
Licence or otherwise.
1432
Right now they are drama and long‑form documentary, and, to some extent,
children's. But perhaps, as another
party suggested today, it could extend into informal education, or some of the
other areas, perhaps even news or sports, if there were technology developed
that would make those programs possible to be described.
1433
They may not exist right now, but there is no sense in principle, in our
opinion, that they should be excluded simply because they are not necessarily
available now.
1434
MR. MEDLINE: Can I add my
passion to this response? There is
a rule that Jay is referring to that there are only two and a half categories,
really, that are allowed to be put to described video.
1435
I simply do not understand ‑‑ or to count toward the
obligations.
1436
This rule is not about independent production, this rule is about
providing the end user with described video.
1437
The question, in my opinion, is not which categories lend themselves most
easily or best to described video.
We know what those are, and I would agree that informal education, which
is 5(b) ‑‑ and there are a few others, I think Category 11, and perhaps
variety, too, could work.
1438
I just don't understand the rule at all.
1439
If we can't do news, if we can't do sports, then we won't do it, but why
would we be prevented from doing it, or counting it toward an obligation if we
could, and if it would make sense to the end users?
1440
I am just a little concerned that the rule itself lacks logic, and we are
focusing on categories themselves and not the rule itself.
1441
COMMISSIONER DENTON: I hear
you.
1442
The next question: What
measures do broadcasters currently have in place to ensure that programming not
subject to described video requirements contains the appropriate audio
description?
1443
MR. THOMSON: I think that
would be a question that our individual members would have to address, Mr.
Commissioner.
1444
MR. O'FARRELL: It seems to
me that that is, again, within the context of the upcoming licence renewals,
where that area of exploration is probably best considered, because each group
will, in all likelihood, have its own answer, and, frankly, probably a different
answer from group to group, as you go through the licence renewal
process.
1445
COMMISSIONER DENTON: I am
going to ask the question; you can give it your answer.
1446
If the Commission were to adopt your proposal to increase described
video, starting at 14 hours a week in Year 1 and ramping up to 28 hours a week
in Year 7 of your broadcasting licence terms, should these requirements apply
equally to all program undertakings, whether over‑the‑air, specialty, pay,
pay‑per‑view, video‑on‑demand?
1447
MR. O'FARRELL: Again, these
are questions that our individual corporate group members would be best suited
to respond at their licence renewals, on the basis of their plans and
operational realities going forward.
1448
As a matter of personal opinion, it would make no sense to
me.
1449
COMMISSIONER DENTON: Thank
you.
1450
MR. GOLDSTEIN: I'm sorry,
Commissioner, can I just add something here?
1451
We are happy to get back to you on this, but the 28 hours ‑‑ I think
you have to look at what the complement of Canadian programming
is.
1452
For example, for one of our conventional stations to find those hours
that are not news or sports driven ‑‑ it would be very difficult to find 28
hours in the schedule.
1453
So I think that there are some practical elements that would have to be
looked at based on each licensee's Conditions of Licence and
programming.
1454
COMMISSIONER DENTON: Would
anyone else on the panel care to give their opinion on
this?
1455
MR. MEDLINE: I second
exactly what was just said, but in addition to that ‑‑ and I know that you
want to talk about costs, and the right place to do that is at licence renewal,
because we all have different schedules and we all have different financial and
other resources available to us.
1456
I just want to talk about the quantum for a moment. That is a quantum leap, in
fairness. It is very difficult to
meet, for over‑the‑air ‑‑ and I think I can speak ‑‑ I can speak for
Canwest, and I think I can speak for other broadcasters, but jump in if I'm
not ‑‑
1457
It is hard to get to the levels that we are currently at, given the
current resources. It is just very
difficult.
1458
When I hear a number like 14 next year, that is ‑‑ my math may be
wrong, but three and a half times what we are currently doing, and we are
already, I would guess, the number 2 country on Earth, after the U.K., on
described video.
1459
It doesn't sound like a lot, but it really is a lot. It has been hard to get to the levels
that we are at already.
1460
COMMISSIONER DENTON: If you
enjoyed that question, I have another one for you.
1461
Based on the calculations that we have done, which were basically derived
from figures you supplied, it would appear that current described video
requirements of 4 hours a week represent approximately half of 1 percent of the
major over‑the‑airs' 2007 programming expenditures.
1462
These are straight calculations from the information you
supplied.
1463
At what point would increases to described video requirements represent
undue hardship for licensees in terms of the percentage spending on described
video, as compared to overall spending on programming?
1464
MR. O'FARRELL: You won't be
surprised with my response; that is, again, the best qualified parties to
provide you with the right answer to that question are, indeed, the corporate
groups themselves, who, in the context of their licence renewals, will know what
they have filed, what their plans are, what their operational realities are
going forward, and will be in the best place, and I believe the only valid voice
to offer an enlightened and informed view on that.
1465
Having said that, this discussion and this line of questioning strikes me
as the line of questioning that, for some reason, forgets the reality of where
we are at ‑‑ and I am not talking about the economic reality that we
alluded to earlier. It's as if we
are talking about the regulated system the way it was 15 years ago, where it was
a system unto itself, and no media that wasn't licensed by this
Commission ‑‑ electronic media ‑‑ competed for viewers and competed
for advertisers. Effectively, this
Commission was the port of entry and the port of exit for players into the
system and out of the system, and everything that happened in
between.
1466
Whereas now we are, in 2008, as you know, in this environment where it is
fundamentally different, and it is different to the extent that we have our
Commission leading a new media hearing in the not too distant future to look at
some of these issues that, I believe, we are going to discuss later in your
questions.
1467
It strikes me that we are engaged in a discussion about a system that has
changed dramatically, that is no longer the system it once was, and no longer
has the capability, because of the changes in technology, to perform the things
that were once expected of it.
1468
That is a paradigm shift that, I think, we all have to start making
sooner than later, and I think that we all are coming to it on our own
terms.
1469
But it is not to sit here in this hearing room and hear the views of
intervenors and not feel sympathetic to them. Everybody would feel sympathetic to
them.
1470
There are a number of views that you would want to be able to respond to,
but they are founded on the assumption that the system is closed, and that you
operate as the gatekeeper of that system, and that the system cannot be opened
unless this Commission exercises its authority to do so.
1471
Whereas we know that media is being offered over, above, and beside to
consumers every day, and the market shares of the regulated players are becoming
more and more fragmented and reduced by virtue of this new competition model we
are facing.
1472
It just strikes me that the questions seem to be struck on assumptions
that are different from those that, I believe, dictate the reality that we are
in today.
1473
MR. GOLDSTEIN: Could I just
add that it is becoming clear to us, Commissioner Denton, that you would like to
talk about numbers, so we can talk about some numbers.
1474
To Glenn's point, we are talking about an industry that showed, in its
returns to the CRTC, PBIT returns of about 5 percent last year. That is mid single digit 5 percent, and
a large part of that great growth from the year before was the fact that we
didn't have to pay our Part 2 licence fees last year, which is still being
litigated in the courts.
1475
But let's say that the returns for private OTA broadcasters were in the
mid single digits, and, as you put it, one‑half of 1 percent is actually a
material amount of money to this industry, and that $1 million moving from one
side of the ledger to the other is ‑‑
1476
I should take a step back as to why it is more appropriate to have this
discussion at the group licence renewal, because there will be the balance of
the decisions that need to be made wholistically for the system going
forward.
1477
A million dollars, I would say, off the top of my head, is 17 or 18
newsroom positions.
1478
And, collectively, we are going to have to come to the Commission, at the
group licence renewal, and put to you a proposal as to where the obligations,
both within the Act and the assumptions in the Act, and how we fulfil that as
private broadcasters ‑‑ how we are going to meet those
objectives.
1479
You can't just move those finite resources from one area to the other
without having some sort of reciprocal impact.
1480
There is a number, and to Jonathan's point, given the fact that described
video is five times the cost of closed captioning, that is a significant
investment that we would have to make on top of that, and it would have a
corresponding result elsewhere.
1481
COMMISSIONER DENTON: I did
warn you that my questions would appear to give you the impression that I
believed in the broadcasting system circa 1965. I don't.
1482
So take a deep breath and we will go on for a few minutes
more.
‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires
1483
MR. O'FARRELL: We're
fine.
1484
COMMISSIONER DENTON:
Okay. It may be a little
painful, but we are going to get through these. And, as I keep on saying, the more we
can know about detail of what these things mean, then we are making progress in
getting to the answers we need.
Thank you.
1485
One of the questions in terms of practicality of a way of proceeding on
issues of described video is whether a working group should be set up, whether
it would be beneficial to identify and resolve technical issues relating to
described video in the broadcasting and distribution
systems.
1486
Would you care to comment on the utility and nature of such a group and
whether it would be of assistance in resolving questions in this
area?
1487
MR. THOMSON: We are all in
favour of the working group model.
We think it has been very successful in the area of closed captioning
and, as we proposed in our opening remarks, we are quite supportive of the
notion of a multi‑stakeholder working group.
1488
We propose in particular to look at awareness issues which we understand
are very, very important and require input from broadcasters, the disability
community, BDUs and anyone else who might have an interest in that
area.
1489
So yes, a working group is something that we would
support.
1490
COMMISSIONER DENTON: One of
the issues that came up before us was the notion of giving people information
about whether described video would be available by means of a standard logo or
audio announcement preceding the broadcast of described programming and after
each commercial break.
1491
I would like your comments on those two notions: first logo, second
announcement.
1492
MR. THOMSON: Both of those
matters would be ones that we would explore within the working group that we
have proposed, as well as any other kind of opportunities to promote awareness,
whether it's 1‑800 lines, whether it's working with BDUs on their EPGs, whether
it's some other kind of opportunity that we are not even aware of that somebody
else out there has an idea that's worth exploring.
1493
COMMISSIONER DENTON: Have
you in fact considered the notion of logos for described video yet or is this
new to your agenda?
1494
MR. THOMSON: The notion of
logos and audio announcement had been explored in the past in a working group
that met, as I understand a couple of times, but then never proceeded much
beyond that.
1495
With deference to those in the blind and vision disabled community, we
are not sure that a logo itself would accomplish much, given that it's a visual
medium, but that something that they would have to tell us more
about.
1496
COMMISSIONER DENTON: Next
question: Would announcements pay
for themselves if they were sold by broadcasters as sponsorship
opportunities?
1497
MR. O'FARRELL: Well, I'm
going to begin the response and others may want to join
in.
1498
Again ‑‑ and I know you said we need to take a deep breath, but
that's a notion, Commissioner, that flows from a mindset that is no longer
relevant or pertinent to 2008.
That's the kind of thinking that was successful, though, in a former
world when closed captioning was introduced.
1499
People said how can we finance or assist in the financing of closed
captioning expenditures and the whole concept of sponsorship came
up.
1500
Back then 12 minutes an hour was what you could sell on conventional
television, eight minutes an hour was what you could sell on specialty
television. That's all changed now,
first of all, but back then it was possible to introduce more commercial
inventory to support captioning activities and it was seen to be a new source of
revenue, minor but nonetheless a new source of revenue that could offset some of
or a good part of the cost of captioning.
1501
In the world that we live in today, which is not the mid‑'90s when that
measure came forward ‑‑ I can't recall exactly the year, but I believe it
was early to mid '90s ‑‑ there was an opportunity to sell more time in the
electronic media space of television.
1502
If you look today in 2008, with the new rules that apply to the number of
minutes of advertising, credits that were given for instance in the not so
distant past for drama incentives on conventional television, but also just the
inventory of minutes that are remaining for sale as opposed to sold‑out levels
as they existed in the not so distant past, it is a brand new set of
circumstances.
1503
So the old idea which had ‑‑ and I say this respectfully ‑‑ and
made a lot of sense in another time just doesn't apply with the same logic any
more.
1504
I would be loathe to suggest to you that we have a number that would say
yes, it could project ‑‑ we could project reasonably this new revenue
because one would assume well, if there is new revenue to be created or to be
drawn into the system, wouldn't you be sold out or closer to a sold‑out position
now?
1505
That is I believe the reality that we deal with
today.
1506
Does anybody want to add anything to that?
1507
MR. GOLDSTEIN: Again, not to
reiterate what Glenn said, but when you change the supply or you open up the
supply of advertising it changes the market.
1508
What you will see ‑‑ I mean for a CTV example, a lot of the closed
captioning brought to you as an add‑on or a spiff for the client for a
particular program doesn't attribute a particular premium, and what you are
often seeing now is using it as a Canadian promotion and an opportunity for
other programming. You often hear,
you know, closed captioning brought to you by Canadian Idol or one of those
other shows.
1509
So, you know, once you open up the commercial inventory in that
marketplace, it changed those dynamics.
‑‑‑ Pause
1510
COMMISSIONER DENTON: Mr.
Chairman, I think this completes my questions. Thank you.
1511
THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you,
Commissioner Denton.
1512
I have a couple of questions and perhaps some of my colleagues have some
as well.
1513
I want to go back to something that I think, Mr. Goldstein, you mentioned
earlier and I was going to bring up as well, and that is not withstanding the
issue of cost and economics, the ability to effect manufacturing change à la the
V‑chip.
1514
I'm not sure if any of you were around in those days. I wasn't. Can someone sort of explain to us how
the industry got together, both the broadcasters and the BDUs, and managed to
effect a manufacturing change with regard to the V‑chip being introduced in
Canada?
1515
MR. O'FARRELL: I don't know
that anybody has hands‑on experience.
I'm sure that the Commission's records are pretty clear on how that came
about and I think there was a fair amount of leadership that came from the
Commission at the time.
1516
But the long and short of it is that basically there was a group, I guess
a collective effort that was created around the leadership of the Commission
that brought in a variety of players for consultation and ultimately a working
plan that was developed from that.
1517
Does anybody want to add anything to that?
1518
MR. GOLDSTEIN: Yes, just to
give it ‑‑ I was actually staff at the CAB at the
time.
1519
It was not a process dissimilar to the one that we are involved with
right now. I will give a certain
amount of credit to Al McKay who was extremely involved in pulling the
stakeholders together.
1520
But to your point, Mr. Vice‑Chair, we did face the biggest hurdle, which
was technological compatibility with the sets that were coming out of the United
States. And it was a sense of
having to commit the United States to a program that was part of the
difficulty.
1521
I will recall Mr. O'Farrell's predecessor, Mr. McCabe, about it's got to
be 12 years ago went to make a speech in Washington about violence and getting
chastised by the NAB and basically being told don't bring that stuff down
here. We don't want to talk about
that stuff here.
1522
So it was an extremely difficult battle, not just amongst ourselves, but
broadcasters in the U.S. who did not want to participate in that type of
program.
1523
As you follow the history on the other side of the border, folks like
Senator McCain actually, who are very involved in the legislative front in the
U.S. Congress, but it was only from pressure from that side that actually
allowed the technology to change for us, who were already in the midst of a
working group to take full vintage of that.
1524
MR. SMITH: I can concur with
what my colleague is saying because I was sitting on AgBot in the mid‑'90s and I
witnessed those types of discussions and challenges, if you
will.
1525
MME GAGNON : Si je peux rajouter quelque chose. Pour le marché québécois, le système
V‑chip ne fonctionne pas en tant que tel.
Ce qui se fait présentement, c'est que les informations sont envoyées en
même temps que les informations destinées au guide électronique qu'on peut avoir
avec la télécommande, et ces informations‑là sont entrées à la main, je pense,
dans les bases de données des distributeurs.
1526
MR. GOLDSTEIN: Just to add,
as a father I find the functions on my digital set‑top box are much more
amenable to controlling or monitoring ‑‑ controlling what my kids are
watching than the V‑chip was able to achieve.
1527
THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank
you.
1528
Ms Wheeler, were you going to jump in there?
1529
MS WHEELER: I think the
reality is that the Canadian classification system for V‑chip was never actually
adopted by the equipment. It is a
form of a rating system, but it is actually not adhering chapter and verse to
the classification system that was set out by AgBot and it remains a technology
issue and an equipment issue.
1530
THE CHAIRPERSON: Okay, thank
you.
1531
In your opening remarks this afternoon you talked about being supportive
of a multi‑stakeholder working group for digital described video. One of the things you also said in here
as well as in your evidence filed earlier was the need to include BDUs in the
closed captioning issue. We talked
a bit about it earlier; you did with Commissioner Denton as well. But you didn't offer up your services to
try and bridge the gap and bring the parties together.
1532
Was that just my interpretation of there is no offer there? You say we've got to engage the
BDUs. Is the comment from the CAB
to the Commission we can't do it alone ‑‑ you can't do it alone and you
need us to bring the BDUs to the table, or are you looking for us to take it to
the next step?
1533
MR. O'FARRELL: I think that
it would certainly serve the purpose of ensuring the kind of collaboration that
would be required if a bit of a nudge comes from the Commission. I think that validates the Commission's
concern that BDUs be party to the process and be part of the solution, and
therefore there would be I think a great usefulness that would be served by the
Commission stepping in and, if it so decides, moving on that proposition by
requesting or suggesting that the BDUs join the group.
1534
THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank
you.
1535
My last question, and it's actually addressed to Mr. Medline, I guess,
because it's a CanWest submission.
1536
I refer you to your September 5, 2008 filing in response to question No.
1. It had to do with web
accessibility and W3C initiatives.
1537
You stated in here two things.
One is that there is no Canadian government body standard. And two, you I guess alleged that the
Commission doesn't have the power to suggest or to order parties to meet certain
requirements.
1538
I have been informed that there is a government standard, federal
government standard that is set by Treasury Board Secretariat and it is the
CLF‑2.0 standard that in fact I announced this morning the CRTC will be adhering
to by the end of the year.
1539
So if I can ask you, first of all, am I incorrect in saying that there is
a policy by the federal government set up by Treasury Board or not? Maybe you have more information than I
do.
1540
Second, what were you suggesting when you are suggesting that the
Commission doesn't have the power?
1541
MR. O'FARRELL: Well, let me
first start off by saying that that particular response, although it was
included in the CanWest, I think the second response interrogatories, was
actually submitted by a number of broadcasters. In fact, it was a similar if not the
exact same response that was provided by a number of
broadcasters.
1542
On this panel are people I think in a better place than I am to discuss
that particular response.
1543
THE CHAIRPERSON: Who are you
thinking of?
‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires
1544
MR. MEDLINE: I'll go next
door to Susan Wheeler.
1545
MS WHEELER: I do have a copy
of the Treasury Board standards, but I do note that it applies to institutions
listed in Schedules I and II of the Financial Administration Act. It goes on to list certain acts, Privacy
Act, Access to Information, Official Languages, and so on.
1546
So obviously there is some work that has already been done by federal
institutions to apply standards to federal agencies and departments. Whether they are relevant to a
broadcasting environment is another question.
1547
Obviously we know that the main challenge with complying with the W3C
standard is the audio and video content that is on our website that requires
that the audio have a text description that accompanies it or that the video
have a described element to it as well.
1548
That certainly is where the costs are heavy and also the dynamic nature
of the content, and its constantly changing nature also comes into play in terms
of being able to constantly comply with that type of a
standard.
1549
THE CHAIRPERSON: Do any of
you have any order of magnitude as to what it would cost for an average
broadcaster who has an average website today to have to
comply?
1550
MR. O'FARRELL: Mr. Chairman,
I don't think we have an answer to that question, but we have a question for the
question, and that would be: Why
would the Commission at this stage in this process, when it has a new media
hearing in the foreseeable future, chartered we assume on the basis of a review
of certain activities that relate to the Commission's stated
jurisdiction ‑‑ why would it in the context of this proceeding, when it has
an exemption order on new media, be interested in exploring topics that deal
with platforms that are used or not used within the area that is subject to the
exemption?
1551
We didn't come equipped for that discussion and frankly we don't think
that if the new media exemption order is maintained, that unless the Commission
decides that where it does exempt services it will nonetheless expect players
who are exempted from the jurisdiction of the Commission to comply with requests
for information or disclosure of information or whatever information the
Commission may want to engage in that kind of discussion.
1552
It's as if ‑‑ and I'm trying to be helpful here. We are puzzled by
that.
1553
We are puzzled because (a) there is this new media hearing coming, (a);
and (b) we stand here today in the context of this accessibility proceeding
where a discussion on accessibility would lead to a discussion on elements of a
platform and costing or other technical matters that relate to the platform that
are component parts of an environment that has been exempted from the
Commission's jurisdiction by its new media exemption
order.
1554
So we are a little puzzled by that.
1555
MR. THOMSON: In addition to
that, if I may add, a number of the W3C guidelines, if not most of them, deal
with textual information and how it's presented on a
website.
1556
Our understanding is that is in essence alphanumeric textual type of
information that is outside the Commission's jurisdiction because it is not
broadcasting.
1557
THE CHAIRPERSON: I don't
think we are looking at the issue of broadcasting, and I guess I take exception
to what you are saying, Mr. O'Farrell, because this is not an issue of whether
it is a broadcasting service or not.
This is an issue of communications and access for accessibility people,
for those people that don't have services today and how they go about getting
them.
1558
So I don't necessarily see the relationship directly with the new media
proceeding. The new media
proceeding will proceed on its path.
1559
I think what we're looking at here is how can people with disabilities
make use of the information that resides on the websites, not necessarily
programming over the website, although there have been some questions raised
here by some of the Commissioners, and rightly so, with regard to the change of
content.
1560
If there is closed captioning, for example, coming down linear
broadcasting and it is moving into the Internet, is there implications or
operational issues associated with removing the closed content or adding the
closed content on.
1561
I think those were the questions that are pertinent in this environment,
as is the question about what would it take to make the website available for
the purpose of recognizing what is closed captioned, what has described video,
be it on CTV, be it on Rogers, be it on CanWest Global.
1562
So it's from that context I think you are hearing some of the questions
from the Commission.
1563
MR. O'FARRELL: Thank you for
clarifying that.
1564
This question or this suggestion that we are puzzled is submitted
respectfully because, frankly, the question for us is whatever operates or
whatever occupies a place and a space within that new exemption order,
notwithstanding who it is operated by, is enveloped by the exemption order. And therefore we wonder how we can be
helpful to the process when there are many other players who have much more
needy ‑‑ well, perhaps needy is the wrong word. But there are many other players that
are operating within that new exemption order where providing services over
which there is much greater concern for the accessibility, and I'm thinking of
other federally regulated areas such as banks, such as airlines or others who
would be, I would think, in a position to equally participate in the process to
say here is what we are making available in the way of accessibility measures in
this exemption order envelope that would probably have a lot more bearing on the
needs of the accessible community than what is being served, with all due
respect, to those communities by way of the websites that are operated directly
or indirectly by companies who otherwise also have broadcasting
licences.
1565
My final point is, not to be difficult about this, but it is just to
understand where all of this goes.
1566
I think that the answer that Ms Wheeler was providing earlier suggests
that things are going in the right direction in any event. How they are actually ending up there by
way of either just trying to do what needs to be done to be relevant to the
audience that you want to serve, be it an exempt category or non‑exempt
category, is the business broadcasters have been involved in for decades and
decades, which is trying to make their services whatever they are as resonant,
pertinent and accessible to the audience that they are trying to
reach.
1567
But this whole discussion about what happens in the space which is now
subject to an exemption order and the technical parameters or specifications or
the cost attached to that remains still, for me, a very puzzling question that
we would be having.
1568
I take your point about the new media order and I would just park
that. It was really on the question
of how do we get at this in a meaningful way within the purview of this process
and this Commission at this time.
1569
THE CHAIRPERSON: I still
didn't get an answer to my question.
1570
MR. O'FARRELL: Well, it's a
question to a question frankly.
1571
THE CHAIRPERSON:
Yes.
1572
MS WHEELER: Mr. Chairman, I
just wanted to address one of your earlier questions about whether it is
possible to take the linear broadcast that contains the closed captioning and
simply put it onto the website.
1573
We have done some investigation into that and that is not the
case.
1574
For those video players that can support closed captioning ‑‑ and
that is very new technology ‑‑ it isn't a matter of just taking the linear
and passing it to the video player online.
It actually requires captioning it again and that does require additional
resources, both human and financial resources, to essentially tailor the closed
captioning to the smaller screen and also have that inserted in a separate data
stream.
1575
So there are additional costs and it's not as simple as taking a program
and putting it online.
1576
MR. MEDLINE: It actually
would require ‑‑ I asked my own guys, and it would actually require a
completely different workflow and almost double the production just to get it on
there.
1577
Actually, you know, Glenn has addressed the big overall point and I think
that's well taken. I just wanted to
add, I think part of the confusion is not just why is it before the CRTC, but
also the fact that many broadcasters, many companies are doing a lot of work in
this area right now, whether it is with the W3C or a partial or the whole thing
or in there own ways.
1578
I know that in preparation for this, I asked my digital media group to
show me what they are doing, what kind of documentation, and I can't make heads
or tails of it. It is inaccessible
to me. It's a very confusing
document.
1579
But tons of work is going on in all our places at various levels to make
sure that ‑‑ either font resizing or colour contrasts or content placement
or any number of other things that are going on.
1580
I don't know if that provides any extra illustrative examples, but that
kind of stuff.
1581
THE CHAIRPERSON: It
does.
1582
Mr. O'Farrell, can I just ask you whether ‑‑ is this something that
you undertake to provide us with, just the status of each of your member's
website evolutionary plans?
1583
I don't want the detailed plans, but where are they on the curve towards
compliance with W3C standards?
1584
Is that something you can poll your members on and send us something at
some point?
1585
MR. O'FARRELL: I think I'm
being told that information may already be on the record by way of the
interrogatories.
1586
THE CHAIRPERSON: Okay, in a
tabular format? Someone has seen it
over there?
1587
MR. THOMSON: In the course
of the Commission questions to the various stakeholders one of the questions to
broadcasters, as well as to other parties, was to explore to what extent they
have made their websites compliant with the W3C guidelines, and so those answers
are on the record, Mr. Chairman.
1588
THE CHAIRPERSON: Okay. I think I saw those and they all
different spins and different directions for each one of them and you can't sort
of put it together in one table, which is why I was hoping, if I asked you
folks, you could sort of take all that and put it onto one concise matrix, as
you are excellent in doing, and simplifying a lot of these things, as
well.
1589
MR. THOMSON: I'm not sure
that we can simplify an answer to that particular question given that all the
websites are so different from each other and they are at all very different
stages in their evolution.
1590
THE CHAIRPERSON: But some of
them are at stage one, or whatever they call it, CLF 1.0, some are at 2.0, some
are not even at 1.0. It just would
be nice to sort of see on one page where they all are in a high level, if that's
possible. If you tell me it's not,
then....
1591
MR. O'FARRELL: I think that
the best I could say, in response to your question directly, is we will consult
our members. And if there is an
exercise that we feel that we can conduct that would be useful in providing you
a response to the question you have raised, we will do so. And if we feel that there is no such
exercise that we could conduct that would be useful, we will say
so.
1592
But to me ‑‑ I just go back to this question ‑‑ even with such
a matrix, what does it leave us with, in terms of where the Commission is going,
or what is this whole purview that the Commission is taking on this issue that
relates to the websites of certain players who operate under the exemptions
orders, whereas all other players ‑‑ and I'm not talking about all other
players at large, let's talk about federally regulated players ‑‑ who would
not be providing matrixes for their industries or their sectors as to their
compliance or state of evolution or WCF 1.0, 2 or 3 or 4 or 5, where does that
leave us, what is the indication that we should be drawing from that, and this
is where I make the connection back to the new media hearing coming up in the
not‑too‑distant future, what are we to understand from the Commission's
disposition on this that is indicative of where the Commission is
going?
1593
THE CHAIRPERSON: I can
answer that question. Absolutely
nothing. There's no correlation
between the new media hearing and some of the questions being asked now, from
the perspective of accessibility and accessed by those people with
disabilities.
1594
MR. O'FARRELL: Okay. And what do we understand as to the
Commission's desire to have information, in matrix form or otherwise, for
websites that relate to players who also may own broadcasting licences but it's
omission to act on websites and providing matrix for sectors that are regulated
by the federal government who are not being asked to provide that
information? Is there anything we
should make of that?
1595
THE CHAIRPERSON: No, other
than parties have come before us and filed evidence and submissions asking about
their ability or inability to gather information, which is normally put on your
websites as we move into this new age, and all we are trying to find out is how
readily accessible is some of that for people with disabilities and to what
extent has the industry stepped up already. And many of you already have, it's just
important, from our perspective, to understand where the puts and takes
are.
1596
If this moving on its own pace, then great. If it's not, then the question will be
raised: is there a need for us to
do anything one way or the other or to watch it and let market forces take
effect?
1597
And if CTV has got a phenomenal website where people with disabilities
can get on and find out what they can and can't watch and Global does not, then
maybe that's where the market goes, as well. I don't know. But all we are saying is let's get the
information first and then decide what we do with it later, if it's
available. And if it's already been
filed and we have got it in a different format, then we will take a look at it
ourselves.
1598
MR. O'FARRELL: But the
accessibility of consumers to access Porter's website or Air Canada's website is
of no interest to you?
1599
THE CHAIRPERSON: We don't
regulate those entities.
1600
MR. O'FARRELL: That's my
point.
1601
THE CHAIRPERSON: Okay. Those are my questions. I know some of the commissioners have
some questions, so we will start off at the far right with Commissioner
Duncan.
1602
COMMISSIONER DUNCAN: Thank
you, Mr. Chairman.
1603
I would like to go back to discuss the RAAQ's proposal. First of all, you can probably remind me
when the 4‑hour DV rule was put in place.
I understand almost everybody is now in compliance with that. Is it a few years
ago?
1604
MR. THOMSON: In 2001, with
the last licence renewals, and then following for specialty services, as
required.
1605
COMMISSIONER DUNCAN:
Okay. And that four hours is
being achieved pretty much at this point and so I would like to discuss how we
can go forward.
1606
I think everybody sort of knee‑jerked or overreacted to the 28
hours. I think the 28 hours was
proposed as a year seven scenario.
So I would like to know how we could get along the line ‑‑ I mean,
that's 2001, this proposal was taking us out another seven years from now, so, I
mean, this is a long period of time.
1607
I'm just wondering, I'm interested in your answer, how we might get
there. And I have a couple of
suggestions, but I will let you just answer. Maybe not even to 28. I'm asking you how you would see it
ramping up and what would be a reasonable
approach.
1608
MR. O'FARRELL: I think it's
a fair question and I think the answer is:
the best answer can only be provided to you by those groups you will have
in front of you when their full financial plans are laid out in ample detail
over the course of seven years of a proposed new licence term and where you will
have to make some determinations about where the resources are best applied in
fulfilling the multiple goals and objectives of the Broadcasting Act, including
the accessibility issues that we have discussed here
today.
1609
And I would be speaking out of turn to suggest that we have any specific
consensual position at this point in time because, as we have indicated ‑‑
and I think it's important to come back to that ‑‑ each corporate group,
while they operate broadcasting services, they operate different broadcasting
services, with different natures of services, which I think have been described
a fair amount here today to show how particular one basket of assets would be as
opposed to another and how that would impact on their ability to carry it out,
in whole or in part.
1610
In fact, you may well find that in certain groups they will be proposing
different levels, as it applies to the realities of their different types of
programming services, because they don't all respond in the same
way.
1611
But I think it's back to what David Goldstein was saying earlier, which
is the licence renewal is the opportunity when all of those issues are on the
table and where choices have to be made about where the priorities stand going
forward.
1612
MR. MEDLINE: Can I add to
that, Commissioner ‑‑
1613
COMMISSIONER DUNCAN:
Sure.
1614
MR. MEDLINE: ‑‑ because where do we go forward is an excellent
question. There has been a
significant change since 2001 when those four hours were put in place for most
over‑the‑air broadcasters, and that is the accessible channel. That is a massive change to the
system. It's coming in less than a
month. It is 168 hours of described
video per week, 8,700 per year in the English language, and it's widely
distributed. It's a digital 91H
service, so it's widely distributed throughout Canada. That was a huge part of the
solution.
1615
And I'm just talking about the quantity, not the promotion issues of
described video, which have also been raised by a number of intervenors in this
process. So the Commission and the
system itself has taken a quantum leap forward when it comes to described video
since 2001.
1616
COMMISSIONER DUNCAN: But
counting the accessibility channel, I guess we would agree with
that.
1617
I'm just wondering, though, and it's rather difficult, we do have some
broadcasters represented here, would you agree with the principle that if four
years was set out in 2001, it's reasonable over the next seven years it might
increase as principal?
1618
MR. GOLDSTEIN: I think we
have to take a look at what the world looked like in the year 2000, when the
Commission last examined it. The
decision came in 2001, but 2000 the PBITs for the over‑the‑air television
industry were 13.8 percent.
1619
Subsequent to 2000, there's probably at least 60, if not 70, specialty
services and digital specialty services that have been licensed and launched
since then, which, by the way, has its own implication for these and other
issues. Whether it's Canadian
programming or described video, you know, we are looking at RIS, for example,
that has 100 hours a year, the Comedy Network, which is doing two hours a
week. Like, that has incremental
value to the system, as well.
1620
So I think you are going to have to balance what the world looked like in
the year 2000. And progress isn't
necessarily gauged through what one particular sector is going to be able to
contribute. I would venture that if you did a straight‑line analysis, the fact
that the OTA sector has gone from a PBIT of 13.8 to 5 ‑‑ and I would put a
big caveat next to the 5 because those are numbers filed last year, before the
economic crisis ‑‑ the returns are going to look much different when we
file in November.
1621
So, again, I think the quantum issue is important and I think shared
responsibility across the system is important, as well.
1622
COMMISSIONER DUNCAN: I
think, Mr. Goldstein, when I look at you, I don't just see over‑the‑air,
so...I'm thinking broader than that.
1623
Let me just make two points, then.
Maybe as a means of increasing this number, what if genre limitations
were removed or broadened so you could pick from more categories? What if captioning bought on U.S.
programs, that obviously we are going to see an increase in, or we expect we
will see an increase in, what if those were factored into the 28 hours, would
you still then ‑‑ it doesn't even have to be 28, would that still be a
problem?
1624
MR. GOLDSTEIN: I guess two
issues. First of all is
practicality and second of all is cost.
The practicality issue, 28 hours, again, I can't foresee ‑‑ I can't
foresee ‑‑
1625
COMMISSIONER DUNCAN: Let me
interrupt. Don't let's not get hung
up on the 28. I'm just talking
about an increase.
1626
MR. GOLDSTEIN: No, no, but
even 14, to Mr. Medline's point, I mean, that's three‑fold the commitment that
we are looking at now.
1627
And I guess the question is if the practicality issue is what kinds of
programming ‑‑ and I agree with what Mr. Medline said, maybe you could look
at expanding the genre, but I think it comes to a practicality issue of we do a
lot of sports and we do a lot of news.
And specifically on news, very, very difficult to practically do
described video.
1628
If I could share, I don't mean to take a lot of the Commission's time,
but just a practical concern, W‑FIVE is an important news documentary show that
CTV has had ‑‑ I think it's one of the longest running shows in Canadian
history, Canadian private broadcasting history. We get the show delivered to us almost
24 hours before it goes to air.
And, as my colleague from Astral explained, the process that you have to
go through to described video, that's the closest we get to a new show that's
described video.
1629
And that has to go by feed to Descriptive Video Works in Vancouver. It comes back, and I can tell you that
when it gets back to master control, when we have to stripe in the third channel
for DV, that's sometimes only a couple of hours before the show goes to
air.
1630
So there's a practicality issue.
And if we took of our Canadian programming and you took out news and
sports, it's fine to open up the genre elsewhere, but there isn't a lot of other
programming that exists.
1631
Variety, we have the same issue because it's mostly live
programming.
1632
As far as the cost is concerned, again, the act talks about "where
resources are available", and we are going to have a great discussion about
this, I'm sure, when April rolls around, but Parliament, we believe, saw that
working both ways. And so I think
there's a shared‑responsibility issue.
1633
And it's true that the specialty industry is starting to take up part of
these obligations or part of this, and, frankly, it's an area where, because you
have more repeat programming, you have actually more shelf space for some of
this work that has been described.
1634
Just to end, and I guess if we feel defensive about this it's because we
actually, in our view, and I will speak specifically for CTV, we are doing a lot
of this. I mean, I know four hours
a week doesn't sound like a lot of programming, but across the CTV network for
2007‑08, it was over 1,700 hours of programming. For the A Channels, and we all
understand the situation that the A Channels are in, they are still doing over
860 hours of this programming.
1635
Now, maybe we are just concerned that we are not getting enough credit
for this. And, in fact, in looking
at our discussions about how to allow audiences to better access this stuff,
whether it's through electronic programming guides or whatnot, I think that's
the first bridge that we have to overcome, because I think there is a fair
amount of this programming in the system, but I think we need to be able to find
the audience for it before we start thinking about what is the next level or the
next incremental level that we have to achieve.
1636
MR. MEDLINE: Can I just add
to that?
1637
You know, I have great passion for changing the genre rule. Again, I think it's a crazy rule. That said, it doesn't matter whether
it's foreign that we would have to DV, Congress has not passed ‑‑ you know,
that is not a done deal and it will be subject to challenges even if Congress
does pass that. I know it was
earlier stated.
1638
But whether it's foreign, whether it's another category, whether it's
informal education or some other category or game show that we do, that still
comes with an additional incremental cost.
There are two separate issues:
opening up the genres and incremental hours.
1639
COMMISSIONER DUNCAN: I
appreciate the toss, as well.
1640
MR. O'FARRELL: May I take
one question ‑‑
1641
COMMISSIONER DUNCAN:
Certainly.
1642
MR. O'FARRELL: ‑‑ one line, because I think that what you are
saying, and I can understand, if you look at the future, is it more
possible? And, of course, any
reasonable person would like to answer, of course, more is possible. But given the realities of where things
are at now, as we see them, we may have to start thinking about how holding the
line is a very good thing, and being able to hold the line and not diminish our
performance on certain of these initiatives is indeed an
accomplishment.
1643
That being said, I think that the only time you will ever have an
enlightened answer to your question is when you have financial plans in front of
you and when you can look at the plans that have been prepared, your own
assessment of how real they are or the need to discuss some of the assumptions
and, ultimately, the choices that are going to be made in the so‑called
regulatory bargain going forward, about where the priorities are and where
resources can be reasonably allocated.
1644
COMMISSIONER DUNCAN: Thank
you, Mr. O'Farrell.
1645
Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
1646
THE CHAIRPERSON: I fear we
are going to be burning out our support staff here so I'm hoping we can conclude
in the next five to seven minutes.
1647
Don't stare at me that way!
1648
Commissioner Lamarre.
1649
COMMISSIONER LAMARRE: I have
just been put on notice.
1650
THE CHAIRPERSON:
Yes.
1651
COMMISSIONER LAMARRE:
Okay.
1652
J'étais pour limiter mes questions au sous‑titrage, je vais essayer de le
faire même s'il y a quelque chose qui m'a frappée dans vos réponses à la
Conseillère Duncan. Alors, je vais
y aller pour les questions faciles en premier.
1653
En réponse à une question au sujet du coût du sous‑titrage, Monsieur
Medline, vous avez mentionné que ça variait de $165 à $300 de l'heure, et je
n'ai pas compris, bon, selon la nature du programme, mais ça, est‑ce que c'est
pour du sous‑titrage en direct ou c'est du sous‑titrage en
différé?
1654
MR. MEDLINE: No, that would
be arranged. It would include live
and taped elements.
1655
COMMISSIONER LAMARRE: And
live is more likely to be at the upper end then?
1656
MR. MEDLINE: You know, it's
funny, that would be logically the case.
I think, though, because of the sheer volume of live materials that it
all depends on your volume, your volume deals with your provider, if you are
using a third‑party provider.
1657
COMMISSIONER LAMARRE: Okay,
point taken.
1658
Maintenant, il y a un aspect qu'on n'a pas encore touché et qui a été
relevé par plusieurs intervenants, et c'est la question de l'arrêt brutal du
sous‑titrage dans la transition entre la programmation principale et les pauses
publicitaires.
1659
Est‑ce que c'est un élément qui a été étudié dans vos groupes de travail
et est‑ce qu'on est prêt d'une solution à ce sujet‑là?
1660
M. SMITH : Alors, oui, ça été étudié dans le cadre des groupes de
travail, particulièrement dans le cas du groupe de travail de langue
anglaise. Je pense que Jonathan,
CanWest a une approche particulière sur ce sujet‑là, sur laquelle il pourrait
élaborer, mais juste pour vous dire, oui, ça été abordé.
1661
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Très bien.
1662
Et la question du sous‑titrage et publicité, est‑ce que ça aussi, ça été
abordé? Parce que je comprends bien
que la publicité vous est fournie par votre client, alors, on peut peut‑être
laisser ça de côté. Mais vos
auto‑publicités ‑‑ tous les réseaux font de l'auto‑publicité ‑‑ est‑ce
que la question de sous‑titrage à cette publicité‑là a été
abordée?
1663
M. SMITH : Encore une fois, ça été abordé dans le cadre des discussions
des groupes de travail, mais je pense, Madame la Conseillère, que la rencontre
des objectifs de la politique publique publiée l'année dernière sont déjà très,
très exigeants, et, par conséquent, le focus des diffuseurs particulièrement
portent sur le volume de programmation qu'ils doivent effectivement
sous‑titrer.
1664
Ceci étant dit, ils ont abordé la question des auto‑promos et des
publicités.
1665
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Maintenant, Monsieur Smith, je dois vous reprendre
sur une mention que vous avez faite tout à l'heure. En parlant de RQST qui participe à votre
groupe de travail, vous avez utilisé l'expression " le représentant des usagers.
" Or, ce matin, le Centre québécois
de la déficience auditive a mentionné que RQST ne parlait pas en son nom et
était d'avis que RQST ne parlait pas non plus au nom des personnes ayant une
déficience auditive, et ils ont ajouté qu'ils aimeraient être consultés dans le
processus des groupes de travail.
1666
Alors, est‑ce que ce serait possible pour le groupe de travail
francophone, à partir de ce stade‑ci, d'inclure le Centre québécois de la
déficience auditive dans son équipe?
1667
M. SMITH : Je vais vous faire une réponse très brève. Je suis très heureux de votre
question. C'est le moment pour moi
de... to fall on my sword et de reconnaître que le Centre québécois de la
déficience et monsieur Nolet auraient dû être inclus au sein du groupe de
travail de langue française. De
toute évidence, l'approche est d'avoir le plus de participation possible, qui
peuvent amener le plus de points de vue possible pour faire avancer les
choses.
1668
Alors, j'en prends l'entière responsabilité. Mon erreur. Ça va être corrigé
immédiatement.
1669
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Merci beaucoup, Monsieur
Smith.
1670
Et la dernière question, pour laisser le temps à mes collègues aussi de
pouvoir en poser, et j'essaie de vous faire plaisir avec cette question‑là. Vous me direz si j'y arrive. Je veux vous parler de votre tableau à
la page 8 de votre présentation.
1671
Je note que vous établissez la situation au Canada et, ensuite, dans
quatre juridictions de common law anglophones et dans une juridiction de droit
civil francophone.
1672
Est‑ce que ça serait possible pour vous à court terme de bonifier le
tableau pour essayer d'obtenir de l'information sur d'autres juridictions
francophones et peut‑être même possiblement sur des juridictions qui ont plus
qu'une langue officielle?
1673
M. O'FARRELL : Ça nous ferait plaisir de le faire. La seule chose qui risque de manquer,
c'est la dimension du système de droit civil ou autrement qui sera peut‑être
absent du tableau. Mais oui, on
cherchera, effectivement, à agrandir l'échantillonnage et puis le
soumettre.
1674
CONSEILLÈRE LAMARRE : Je vous remercie.
1675
J'ai terminé, Monsieur le Président.
1676
THE CHAIRPERSON: Thank you
very much.
1677
I think legal has one last question.
1678
MS LEHOUX: I will ask one
question.
1679
Since we have 500 individual broadcasters in front of us, we need the
following question to be answered, and you can answer by writing by the end of
Friday, okay?
1680
Commissioner Denton already asked that question, but we need that on the
record, and it is the following one:
at what point would increases to DV requirements represent undue hardship
for licensees, ending in costs, in terms of the percentage of spending on DV as
compared to broadcasters overall spending on programming?
1681
Can you undertake to provide the answer on that?
1682
UNIDENTIFIED SPEAKER: Can
you clarify whether that's ‑‑
1683
MR. O'FARRELL: Excuse me
just for a few minutes.
1684
I would like to state that I think that in fairness to the question, I
have to object in principle to the question because you are asking these members
to provide a response based on speculation.
1685
The speculation is what will the economic circumstances be when they file
for licence renewal and I'm not sure that any of them can certify that today and
I'm not sure that you would want to do develop any findings on that
basis.
1686
I think that question is the question, amongst many others, that will
have to be addressed at the time of licence renewals when you have their
detailed financial plans.
1687
If these members are prepared to answer, notwithstanding the difficulty
in ‑‑ and the other point that I think might be germane to this is you
might end up with two different response as a result of changing
circumstances.
1688
Over the course of the time required to file, you have asked that this
question be answered for Friday.
The answer that you may receive on Friday may have changed materially
when the Commission receives the filings of the members for their licence
renewal and it would make the exercise somewhat academic, if not
useless.
1689
So on the basis of the objection, not to be obstructive, but on the basis
of providing the Commission with, hopefully, helpful information, as opposed to
less than helpful information, I'm not sure that we are helping the Commission
by agreeing to respond to a question that may well not be particularly useful
for this proceeding or for the ultimate proceeding where these decisions will be
taken.
1690
THE CHAIRPERSON: Mr.
O'Farrell, let me just throw in my thoughts here. I'm not a lawyer, but this is a
quasi‑judicial proceeding and panel and hearing, and as a result of that we have
got to make a decision based on the facts before us at the time of this
hearing. And so I think what
counsel is asking for is the information in order to make as informed a decision
as we can with information on the public record at the time of the
proceeding.
1691
Certainly things may change, and as things change a lot of things change
as well, but if we have to make a decision before us right now, we are basically
saying there is some information that is required. And if the CAB or the members choose not
to provide it, then that's your choice, but we will go with what we have when we
adjudicate.
1692
MR. O'FARRELL: I understand
the nature of the tribunal, Mr. Chairman, and we fundamentally respect the
Commission's role and the Commission's authority to do what it has to do;
however, I think that it's also important that we expose and express our views
when we think that the discussion or the dialogue or the questions are not
necessarily in the public interest.
That was the reason that I was suggesting the objection that I have just
made, number one.
1693
Number two is the question, as raised, would put these members at
somewhat of a prejudicial disadvantage to other members who are not
participating on this panel and who have an equally valid or valuable insight
into the question that is being posed.
You have some members, not all members, that's the number
two.
1694
Number three, in fairness, it sounds a little bit late in the day,
frankly, to be coming, this panel, with a question that is so germane to your
decision when, if that was the critical linchpin for a decision to be made, you
have put interrogatories out to which responses have been provided. And furthermore, if there was something
missing in the responses to the interrogatories provided, there was an
opportunity prior to now to seek additional information to assist
you.
1695
So on that basis, I would suggest to you that maybe we want to think this
through to give you the best information you can, based on what's really useful
to you.
1696
MS LEHOUX: Maybe to answer
on one thing is that for the other individual broadcasters we will be sending
out the same question next week to them, those that are not in front of us. And we hear you, but what you have got
to understand is that we need that information on the record. If you decide not to provide it, that's
your choice.
1697
MR. O'FARRELL: Well, my
point remains it's a little bit late, frankly, to be making this type of a
request and ascribing to it the definitive determining value that you seem to
ascribe to it when interrogatories were made, responses to interrogatories were
provided and no further information was sought.
1698
But given the way the question was raised and the explanation that
counsel has provided, our members will take the decisions that need to be taken
accordingly and we will advise you in due
course.
1699
MS WHEELER: Just to clarify,
is it a percentage of overall program expenditure or Canadian program
expenditure?
1700
MS LEHOUX: Both, if
possible.
1701
MR. O'FARRELL: Could you put
that question in writing, Madam Lehoux?
1702
MS LEHOUX:
Absolutely.
1703
MR. O'FARRELL: Thank
you.
1704
MS LEHOUX: So for the
individual members that I have in front of me, do you undertake to provide it by
Friday.
1705
MS WHEELER: I can't
undertake to provide it by Friday.
1706
MS LEHOUX: When could you
provide it?
1707
MS WHEELER: I would have to
consult with our operational people in order to be able to see how we would
determine that.
1708
Again, I will also note that we run a third language programming service
and certainly those costs are quite different.
1709
MR. MEDLINE: You know, it's
never easy to disagree with counsel, but, you know, I just want to add a little
bit of colour to what Glen said.
1710
At license renewal, we are going to paint a picture, at least CanWest is,
and I'm sure other broadcasters, of what our business looks like, and your
question involves undue hardship.
We can't paint that picture of what undue hardship is by Friday or the
week after. That's really what
licence renewal is for. And it goes
to the act, which says "as resources are available".
1711
So we are not trying to cause problems here. It's very difficult to say, yeah, eight
hours won't cause hardship. Maybe
it's four hours, okay? We can't do
that without telling the full story.
1712
MS LEHOUX: We hear you. So we will wait for you by Friday to
tell us when you can commit to provide the information that you can
provide. At this point in time we
will be writing the question, we will send out the question to the other members
that are not in front of us today, and we will hand out the questions to you,
too.
1713
THE CHAIRPERSON: Mr.
Goldstein, did you want to add something?
1714
MR. GOLDSTEIN: Well, I guess
this is, in my view, needlessly confrontational, when, in fact, we are destined
to receive, at least the OTA operators, are destined to receive a letter from
the Commission in the coming days inviting us to reapply for group licence
renewal. And in that letter we
understand will be certain questions, and quite likely one of those questions
are going to pertain to our social benefits.
1715
And to take Mr. Medline's point one step further, in our view this is a
policy proceeding and not a licensing proceeding, and while we understand and
appreciate the Commission's desire to forge ahead with a policy framework on
these particular issues, we question the justice in looking at a specific issue
out of context.
1716
You know, we are not having a local television or a local programming
proceeding, we are not having a priority programming proceeding, we are not
having an independent production proceeding, we are having a proceeding,
hopefully in the spring, that's going to deal with the balance of these issues
in which we are, as broadcasters, able and willing to come forward with a full
picture of all of these obligations.
1717
And so I'm not sure that looking at this in isolation, through some sort
of licensing model, whether it's a programming obligation, is necessarily
appropriate.
1718
THE CHAIRPERSON: We will
draft up the wording, we will send it to you, you folks are free to deliberate
and let us know when you can get back to us with whatever you want to get back
to us with on the record.
1719
Madam Secretary, I think this concludes the day. Is there any follow‑up statements that
you need to make at all?
1720
THE SECRETARY: Not at the
moment. Thank
you.
1721
We will reconvene tomorrow morning
at 9:00 a.m.
‑‑‑ Whereupon the hearing adjourned at 1820, to
resume
on Tuesday, November 18,
2008 at 0900 / L'audience
est ajournée à 1820, pour
reprendre le mardi
18 novembre 2008 à
0900
REPORTERS / STÉNOGRAPHES
____________________
____________________
Johanne Morin
Monique
Mahoney
____________________
____________________
Jean Desaulniers Fiona
Potvin
____________________
____________________
Sue Villeneuve Madeleine
Matte